Quarterlytics / Advertising Agencies / Ebiquity

Ebiquity

ebq · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ebq
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Advertising Agencies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Ebiquity
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual 
report
2018

E

b

i

q

u

i

t

y

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

1

8

Annual report and 
financial statements 
for the year ended 
31 December 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Strategic  
report
An overview of key  
actions and events in  
2018 and early 2019, 
together with our 
priorities as we  
move forward.

About us 

Statement of Independence 

The Ebiquity Code of Conduct 

Highlights 

At a glance 

Chairman’s statement 

Market overview 

Chief Executive  
Officer’s review 

Our business model 

Our strategy for growth 

Case studies 

Chief Financial  
Officer’s review 

1

2

3

4

6

8

10

14

20

22

28

32

Corporate  
governance
This section provides 
information on how  
the Company is  
governed and the 
activities of  
the Board.

Board of Directors 

36

Corporate  
governance report 

Audit & Risk  
Committee report 

Remuneration  
Committee report 

Directors’ report 

Corporate governance  
and people 

Visit us online at  
www.ebiquity.com/en/investors

Financial  
statements
This section includes  
our financial statements, 
notes and auditors’  
report for the Group 
and Company. 

Statement of Directors’  
responsibilities 

38

Independent auditors’ report 

42

44

47

49

Consolidated  
income statement 

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement  
of financial position 

Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 

Consolidated statement  
of cash flows 

Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements 

Company statement  
of financial position 

Company statement  
of changes in equity 

Notes to the Company  
financial statements 

Advisers 

Shareholder information 

Glossary 

53

54

62

62

63

64

65

66

102

103

104

111

111

112

 
About us

We are a leading 
independent media and 
marketing consultancy.

Our ambition is to work in partnership 
with global brands to harness the 
power of data, analytics and 
technology to improve marketing 
outcomes. We act as ‘left-brain’ 
advisers to CMOs in all of the areas 
where they need independent advisory 
services most. These include building 
evidence-based marketing 
programmes, extracting full value from 
marketing investments, driving 
accountability and transparency, and 
working with brands to select the right 
partners.

The marketing world is becoming 
ever-more complex. New challenges  
are emerging, including brand safety, 
ad fraud and viewability. New 
technologies – such as those that 
enable programmatic media trading 
– are reshaping the marketing 
landscape. The rate of change is now 
faster than ever, and brands have much 
greater volumes of data to digest.

While there are new complexities 
for marketers, there are also new 
opportunities for brands. By being 
smarter about where and how they 
invest in marketing, brands can 
maximise the impact of their  
marketing spend.

While most brands have many 
partners, what sets us apart is our 
independence. Our independence is 
defined by the fact that we do not 
engage in any media trading or buying. 
And this is reinforced by our ownership 
structure, which is entirely independent.

In this new world, we’ve distilled our 
purpose to be a singular focus: creating 
clarity for our clients.

›› This means helping brands 

understand the value they get from 
their marketing investments, and 
how to optimise them.

››

››

It means making sense of the 
innovations in advertising 
technology and data management 
to leverage them in the best way.

It means enabling marketers to 
select and work with their partners 
in the best way, with a focus on 
driving business outcomes.

›› And it means providing a range of 
solutions and tools to give brands 
the independent assessment they 
need to build trust in their marketing 
supply chain, and to measure the 
business impact of marketing 
investments.

Creating 
clarity

1

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsStatement of Independence

To strengthen our position of independence in the marketplace, in 2018 
Ebiquity published a Statement of Independence to clarify our position in 
the marketplace and help brands to better understand how we can deliver 
unique value to them.

In order to provide independent, 
unbiased and trusted advice in the 
marketplace, we have remained firmly 
media agnostic over our 20+ year 
history.

We adhere to the following key 
principles of independence:

›› we do not offer media execution and 

trading services;

›› we do not engage in media buying or 

conduct any negotiations with 
media owners or publishers on 
behalf of our clients;

›› we are independent of the media 
supply chain and do not pitch for 
media work or compete with media 
agencies in their core media trading 
capabilities; 

›› our focus in media is on advocating 
a media supply chain that operates 
in the interest of advertisers;

›› we occasionally work with clients on 
‘test and learn’ projects that involve 
some media buying, almost always 
conducted by their media agencies, 
where we focus entirely on 
measurement to help independently 
optimise media performance; and

›› while we work closely with our 

clients’ media agencies, we are not 
directly associated with any media 
agency or media owner in a way 
that compromises our neutrality 
in the marketplace.

These principles are designed to ensure 
that we operate with our clients’ best 
interests in mind. This is of growing 
importance in a marketing ecosystem 
that is often highly opaque and 
increasingly complex.

The Statement of Independence is 
available on the Ebiquity website at 
https://bit.ly/2G5ol2E

2

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportThe Ebiquity Code of Conduct

During 2018, we codified our principles into a new Code of Conduct to 
specify the standards to which we strive to adhere to and to which  
advertisers should hold their independent media and marketing 
consultants accountable.

About this Code of Conduct

Independence

Data processing

1.  We are independent of the media 

1.  We regularly review our protocols 

supply chain.

2.  We have no monetary relationships 
with our clients’ media agencies.

3.  We work primarily for brands, 
not media owners or agencies.

Remuneration

1.  We receive revenue from the 

consulting services we provide 
to brands.

2.  We do not benefit from financial 
incentives based on cost savings.

3.  Our fees in the area of contract 

compliance reviews are not based 
on recoveries.

Confidentiality

1.  We ensure confidentiality of our 

clients’ media data and enter into 
non-disclosure agreements.

2.  We aggregate our clients’ data into 
our media benchmarking pool on an 
anonymous basis.

3.  We maintain confidentiality of our 

clients’ financial contract 
compliance data. 

with respect to how we handle our 
clients’ media data.

2.  We aim to ensure data handling is 
swift, easy and accurate for all 
partners.

3.  We do not use pricing data collected 

in agency selection projects for 
benchmarking purposes.

Ways of working

1.  We strive to work with all parties in 

a professional manner and in a spirit 
of collaboration.

2.  We endeavour to operate timelines 

that are fair for all parties.

3.  We aim to provide meaningful 

explanations to our 
recommendations.

The latest version of the detailed Code 
of Conduct is available on the Ebiquity 
website at https://bit.ly/2NzXW0d. 
The Code of Conduct is a living 
document and we will regularly review 
and revise it to reflect industry and 
marketplace changes.

In the ever-more complex and rapidly 
evolving media and marketing 
ecosystem, brands greatly benefit from 
unbiased advice from independent 
consultants. As one of the world’s 
leading independent media and 
marketing consultancies, we’ve 
published this Code of Conduct to 
specify the standards we strive to 
adhere to and to detail how we intend 
to work with our clients and their 
partners. It’s our blueprint for ensuring 
that we create value in a way that 
recognises everyone’s role in the 
marketing ecosystem. It also helps to 
ensure that we deliver analytics and 
advice to consistently high standards 
right around the world.

These principles are designed to help 
brands receive maximum benefit from 
our consulting advice across all of our 
services.

This Code of Conduct is based on 
20+ years advising the world’s biggest 
brands, as well as comprehensive 
discussions with brands, agencies and 
industry associations. It covers five 
principal areas: independence, 
remuneration, confidentiality, data 
processing and ways of working. This 
addresses how we operate, the basis 
on which we are paid, the rules we 
apply to client and agency data and 
how we work with our clients and 
their partners.

3

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsHighlights

The Company now has  
greater financial flexibility,  
a more streamlined business 
and a strengthened 
management team. 

Michael Karg, PhD
Group Chief Executive Officer

1.  Underlying operating profit is defined as the operating profit 

excluding highlighted items. These include share-based payments, 
amortisation of purchased intangibles and non-recurring items. 
Underlying profit before tax and earnings per share are calculated 
based on the underlying operating profit.

4

Headlines

Planned sale of Advertising Intelligence business 
completed on 2 January 2019. Business reported 
as ‘asset held for sale’ in the 2018 financial 
statements 

Strengthened executive management team 
is focused on driving performance of the 
continuing business

Revenue of continuing business increased by 8% 
to £69.4m (7% on like-for-like, constant currency 
basis) 

Underlying operating profit1 fell to £6.3m 
(2017: £9.0m) due to planned investment in 
the year which did not fully deliver anticipated 
revenue growth 

Net debt at 31 December 2018 of £27.5m 
(31 December 2017: £28.9m) reduced by £20m in 
January 2019 following completion of Ad Intel sale

Further improved operating cash flow 
conversion of 138% (2017: 99%)

Proposed dividend maintained at 0.71p per share

Continuing business now organised into two 
segments: ‘Media’ and ‘Analytics & Tech’

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportMedia:  
Media Management, Media Performance 
and Contract Compliance 

Analytics & Tech:  
Advanced Analytics, MarTech 
and AdTech

Revenue increased 5% to £54.2m

Revenue grew by 19% to £15.2m

Advanced Analytics business appointed as 
multi-market partner for a global automotive 
brand and awarded a highly competitive 
assignment for one of the world’s largest 
telecommunications groups

Launched new AdTech advisory practice. While this 
practice is in its infancy, the team has started well 
with several high-impact projects including a global 
digital advertising technology assessment for one of 
the world’s largest mobile operators

Strong growth in US Media practice: revenue up 26% 

Media Management enhanced its offering and 
gained incremental work from clients such as 
McDonald’s, Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, L’Oreal 
and GlaxoSmithKline

Contract Compliance growing well (up 12%) and 
further broadened its footprint in markets including 
US, India and Germany

Operational efficiency enhanced through release 
of new automation tools in our Media practice and 
set-up of shared service media delivery centre in 
Spain – these will become fully operational in 2019

5

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAt a glance

Ebiquity is a leading media and marketing consultancy.

We are entirely independent of the media supply chain.

With the aspiration of becoming the ‘left-brain’ advisers to the CMO, we help the world’s leading brands leverage the potential 
of data, analytics and technology to improve both performance and transparency in media and marketing. We help to build 
evidence-based marketing programmes, extract full value from marketing investments, drive accountability and transparency, 
and work with brands to select the right partners.

We report our results in two segments – Media and Analytics & Tech.

Media

Help brands to define their 
approach to media, select and 
manage the right agency partners, 
measure and enhance media 
performance, and improve media 
transparency.

Analytics & Tech

Build evidence-based marketing 
programmes rooted in data and 
analytics. Design the right data 
and technology ecosystem to drive 
higher value from digital 
investments.

Helping clients to increase efficiency and transparency of 
their media investments. This covers all digital and traditional 
media performance measurement and benchmarking, media 
and agency management and selection services, and 
contract compliance.

Our Analytics enable clients to decide where to allocate and 
how to optimise marketing investment. This includes market 
mix modelling, attribution, brand equity modelling, simulations 
and forecasting. Our expertise in Tech empowers clients to 
create better, personalised experiences across all digital 
touchpoints. This involves selecting the right advertising, 
marketing and data management technology for our 
clients’ needs.

78% of revenue

22% of revenue

5% growth in 2018

19% growth in 2018

revenue of £54m

revenue of £15m

6

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportMarket presence  

Our clients

Our locations

Our people

We work with approximately 70 
of the top 100 global advertisers.

We have global expertise and 
offices in 14 countries across 
North America, Europe and Asia 
Pacific.

We employ around 570 people, 
including data scientists, 
developers, modellers, analysts, 
media and digital experts.

7

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsChairman’s statement

I remain confident that Ebiquity is well placed 
to build shareholder value and the Company 
looks forward to achieving its long-term 
strategic ambitions.

Rob Woodward
Non-Executive Chairman

The financial year ended 
31 December 2018, my first as 
Chairman, was both transformational 
and challenging for Ebiquity.

8

Ebiquity is now focusing on becoming 
the leading global independent media 
and marketing consultancy. We are 
committed to delivering growth and to 
improving profitability across the more 
streamlined business through scale 
benefits and operational alignment. 
The market strength of the continuing 
Media and Analytics & Tech businesses 
is demonstrated by an 8% increase in 
revenue to £69.4 million (2017: 
£64.2 million). Within this, the longer 
established Media practice, which 
accounts for some three-quarters of 
Group revenue, grew by 5%, while the 
Analytics & Tech practice, which 
comprises several of the Group’s newer 
consultancy and technology offerings, 
grew strongly, increasing revenue by 
19% and share of total revenue to 22%. 

We were pleased to report just after 
the year end (on 2 January 2019) that 
the sale of the Advertising Intelligence 
(‘Ad Intel’) business to Nielsen Media 
Research (‘Nielsen’) had been 
successfully completed. 

The Ad Intel disposal has simplified the 
business, allowing us to focus on 
growing the core Media and Analytics & 
Tech practices. Receipts from the 
disposal have significantly improved 
the Group’s financial position by 
reducing our net debt by some £20 
million and consequently our finance 
costs have also been lowered. However, 
the Group’s performance in 2018 was 
impacted by the protracted nature of 
the Ad Intel sale process following the 
UK Competition and Markets 
Authority’s decision to conduct a full, 
two-phase investigation. This 
distracted and hampered the Group’s 
management in finalising and 
executing plans for the continuing 
business. 

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportHowever, the underlying operating 
profit of the continuing business fell to 
£6.3 million, compared to £9.0 million in 
2017. The reduction was due, in part, to 
planned headcount increases and 
investments made in the year in key 
practices, which did not deliver the 
anticipated revenue growth in the year. 
A number of units failed to achieve 
their budgetary goals and some 
experienced revenue declines. 

The Board realises that the Group 
needs to improve its profitability. It has 
already taken action to strengthen the 
Group’s financial and operational 
management capabilities. To support 
this, the senior leadership team has 
recently been enhanced by three key 
appointments. Alan Newman, formerly 
CFO of YouGov plc, has been appointed 
as Chief Financial and Operating 
Officer with effect from January 2019. 
Towards the end of 2018, Richard 
Basil-Jones, formerly Managing 
Director Asia Pacific, was appointed 
into the new role of Global President, 
overseeing the operating units, and 
Emma Winterson-Hayward, formerly 
Chief HR Officer of Dealogic, joined  
as Chief People Officer to develop  
and support the talent in our business 
as it grows. 

Several of the programmes previously 
undertaken to automate the delivery 
of services and improve back office 
efficiencies are beginning to yield 
benefits. Dedicated teams have been 
established to drive new business 
generation and co-ordinate the 
management of key global client 
accounts. However, it will take time 
to fully adjust the overhead cost base 
following the Ad Intel disposal, 
especially as in the current year there 
will be a continuing need to fulfil 
certain service obligations to Nielsen 
as part of a transition agreement.

Ebiquity is a company with great 
strengths now operating in, and 
focused on, dynamic, growing markets 
and providing media and marketing 
consultancy advice to a significant 
number of the world’s leading brands: 
advice that is independent, high quality, 
meaningful and makes a difference to 
their bottom line. There remain 
significant market opportunities 
through Ebiquity’s ability to respond 
to advertisers’ requirement for 
transparency, especially at a time 
of fundamental shifts in the media 
marketplace. We start the year with 
the Ad Intel practice sold, a stronger 
balance sheet and a new senior team 
in place, focused on delivering the next 
stage in the process of transformation. 

I remain confident that Ebiquity is 
well placed to achieve its long-term 
strategic ambition and deliver against 
our challenging goals. 

Rob Woodward 
Chairman

15 April 2019

9

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsMarket overview

Marketers are faced by a paradox. It has never been more 
challenging, and at the same time it has never been more possible, 
to demonstrate the impact and return on marketing investment.

The drive to short-termism is influenced 
by the rise of digital. Digital channels 
are often the easiest to measure; 
however, incremental investments into 
digital don’t necessarily deliver the best 
overall return on marketing spend. 
Furthermore, digital channels are often 
used in the final stages of driving sales 
conversion. This, combined with the 
ease of linking digital marketing to 
sales results, has tempted many 
businesses towards shifting budgets 
into digital. 

Most studies – including our own 
award-winning study with Thinkbox 
(Profit Ability: the business case for 
advertising) – demonstrate that, 
on average, digital channels haven’t 
successfully delivered a higher return 
on investment than traditional media 
channels. As shown by the graph below, 
the drive towards short-termism in 
marketing has been further amplified 
by CMOs’ short tenure, currently the 
shortest in the C-suite.

In Western markets, CMO tenure is the shortest 
of all C-suite positions, and falling
 Average US C-suite tenure (years)

8.0

5.1

5.0

4.3

4.1

CEO

CFO

CHRO

CIO

CMO

Source: Korn Ferry; Russell Reynolds Associates

The world of media and marketing 
became no less complex or 
unpredictable during the past year. 
2018 was characterised by five major 
themes, all of which are interconnected.

››

Increased focus on evidence-based 
marketing, particularly in leveraging 
data to drive better marketing 
performance and marketing ROI.

›› A strong demand for media 

transparency across partners and 
suppliers.

›› Greater scrutiny of digital 

advertising performance and 
measurement.

›› Heightened complexity in 

advertising technology and data.

›› New client-agency partnership 

models.

Increased focus on evidence-based 
marketing

According to the Nielsen CMO Report 
2018, less than a quarter of CMOs are 
confident that they have the right 
return on investment measurement in 
place. And they’re right to be 
concerned. Data from the IPA shows 
that after a peak in 2012, marketing 
campaigns have become less effective 
every year since then. In part, this is 
because marketers are increasingly 
focused on short-term campaigns and 
short-term metrics. A study we ran 
with ISBA last year showed that 61% of 
marketers measure campaign impact 
either while it’s still happening or just 
0-3 months after the campaign.

10

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportThese trends are taking place at a time 
of ever-more scrutiny of marketing 
spend. With increased involvement 
from procurement and finance teams 
in analysing the impact of marketing 
investments, brands need 
clear-thinking, independent advice like 
never before. Our expert Media and 
Analytics teams – independent of the 
media trading ecosystem – advise 
CMOs and their teams on overall 
marketing impact, how to optimise 
budgets, and the role partners are 
playing in delivering performance, 
along with a host of other services to 
help CMOs ensure their marketing 
spend is delivering tangible results. 
And increasingly our work in this space 
is winning awards. Further details of 
the awards we won in 2018 – including 
five for marketing effectiveness from 
the Institute for Practitioners in 
Advertising (‘IPA’) – can be found in 
the section of this report on Profile.

A strong demand for media 
transparency across partners 
and suppliers

Transparency still ranks first among 
the industry’s biggest challenges, 
according to WARC’s Media 2020 
report, with almost half of marketers 
saying that transparency is the most 
important issue they face. And yet, 
2018 was a bad year for transparency 
and trust, with a huge variety of news 
stories around consumer privacy, brand 
safety, fraud and measurement errors. 
Our own report with Zulu5 on ad 
misplacement in the DACH cluster 
of countries (which includes Germany, 
Austria and Switzerland) reveals that 
many of the issues around brand safety 
and ad fraud remain unresolved, and 
more progress needs to be made.

In many mature markets, digital 
advertising now takes more revenue 
than TV, accounting for more than  
half of all ad spend. 

Three-quarters of the top 100 advertisers in the DACH region 
had run ads in non-brand-safe environments
Top 100 DACH brands with ads appearing in non-brand-safe environments

Yet brands face significant challenges 
in digital, compounded by limited 
access and scrutiny of performance 
data, and increasingly need 
independent help and guidance to 
move forward in a productive way.

Working in partnership with the US 
Association of National Advertisers 
(‘ANA’), Ebiquity and our specialist 
contract compliance business 
FirmDecisions wrote guidelines for 
achieving transparency in the media 
trading ecosystem. Now we are 
founding members of a new ANA-led 
industry initiative – The ANA Trust 
Consortium – to help brands 
re-establish trust with their digital 
media supply chain. This comes off the 
back of a January 2019 ANA study that 
found that only 29% of their 400-plus 
member markets ranked the current 
level of trust between client-side 
marketers and advertising agencies as 
“high”. Advertisers are continuing to 
seek transparency of their media 
investments and their related 
performance – including 100% 
transparency of all media trades. 
This often starts with renewed agency 
contracts and contract compliance 
reviews, an area where we 
demonstrate global leadership through 
our Media practice, independent of the 
media trading ecosystem.

76

12

12

Brands exposed to non-safe environment

Brands with no digital spend

Brands not exposed to non-safe environments

Source: Ebiquity & Zulu5 Brand Safety Study

11

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsMarket overview continued

Heightened complexity in 
advertising technology and data 

Over recent years, the number of 
vendors and providers of advertising 
and marketing technology has grown 
from a handful to approaching seven 
thousand. It is completely impossible 
for advertisers to keep up with the 
myriad of opportunities available to 
them; doing so is more than a full-time 
job. The bewildering complexity of the 
advertising technology market makes it 
tempting to buy a tried-and-tested, 
off-the-shelf solution – say for a 
demand-side platform, trading desk, 
or analytics suite. At the same time it 
increases the risk of choosing a solution 
that’s not right for a particular 
advertiser’s needs, is too niche, or not 
sufficiently flexible. Advertisers clearly 
need independent, informed, and 
objective guidance on the right 
technology solutions for them.

The volume, scale, and complexity of 
data in advertising and marketing has 
also grown exponentially in recent 
years. This is in part a reflection of the 
growth in ad tech and martech 
platforms. Online media inventory – 
particularly media traded 
programmatically – generates huge 
volumes of data. 

Advertisers and their partners need 
to ingest, align, and harmonise online 
media data with other marketing and 
sales performance data sets. They need 
to do this before they can analyse the 
efficiency and effectiveness of their 
total advertising spend. The fact that 
different platforms produce different 
data sets – data sets that are not 
necessarily compatible – only adds to 
the complexity. Again, advertisers need 
help navigating the complexity of data.

Greater scrutiny of digital 
advertising performance and 
measurement

When the world’s biggest advertisers 
talked about a “murky at best, 
fraudulent at worst” digital media 
trading ecosystem and the need to 
“drain the swamp” (Messrs Pritchard 
and Weed of P&G and Unilever 
respectively), the marketing community 
took notice. With so many links in the 
transactional chain between brands 
and their consumers, many marketers 
started to question the value of 
outsourcing so many functions to 
agency, ad tech, and martech third 
parties. And big consultancies quickly 
developed offerings to help brands take 
back control.

Our research in 2018 revealed that marketing still plays a vital 
role in driving profitability, and could drive $45bn more, or a 4% uplift
Global media profit ROIs, including long-term effects

2.83

Approx. $45bn 
profit opportunity

2.95

2018 will definitely go down as the 
year when more heat and light – 
on conference stages, in professional 
and business media, and in blogs and 
opinion online – were focused on the 
question of in-housing than ever 
before. The number of brands talking 
about bringing some, most, or all of 
their media operations in-house is at 
record levels. In October 2018, the ANA 
reported that 78% of its members had 
some form of in-house agency 
operation, up from 58% in 2013.  
And we’re not only talking about 
programmatic digital media trading. 
This can also include media production 
and creative work, social media 
capabilities, search engine 
optimisation, and a variety of other 
marketing disciplines.

Our role is to help advertisers look 
before they leap, and consider carefully 
what elements they might bring under 
their direct control, their motivations 
for doing so, and the likely 
consequences. Considerations often 
cover talent, commercial skills, 
contracts and timing. Our Media and 
Tech practices are actively advising 
brands on in-housing vs outsourcing, 
free from vested self-interest.  
As genuinely independent advisers, 
we don’t stand to gain revenue as a 
result of brands choosing to in-house 
specific solutions. Furthermore, we 
have assembled a unique mix of talent, 
capabilities and experience to offer 
best in class consultancy in this area.

Source: Ebiquity Report: Marketing as a Profit Driver.

Current

Optimised

12

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportNew client-agency  
partnership models

The way marketers work with agencies 
is changing. The first three factors 
identified above all contribute to this 
change: scrutiny, transparency and 
in-housing. New partnership models 
arise for a variety of different reasons.

›› When brands consider bringing 
some or all of their advertising 
infrastructure in-house, the role 
of the media agency of record 
inevitably changes.

›› When trust is diminished between 
agencies and brands – because of 
issues as diverse as trading 
practices, ad fraud, and ad 
misplacement – marketers look to 
reset their relationships with their 
agency partners. Sometimes, they 
decide to change agencies 
altogether and start a new 
relationship on a new footing.

›› And when finance and procurement 

demand more from marketing 
– more accountability, more 
transparency, and more evidence of 
effectiveness – again the dynamic 
between agency and brand shifts.

More than ever before, brands are 
looking for partners who place their 
best interests front and centre. In that 
way, what has – in many cases – 
become a fraught or fractured 
relationship can once again become a 
full and active partnership. 

This is why we have focused our service 
innovation on positioning ourselves to 
be the independent partner of choice 
for the industry. By working 
collaboratively across the industry – 
including with both brands and their 
key industry partners – we are playing 
an active role in restoring trust. 
Our service innovation in areas of 
media management – as well as in 
building tools that reduce the workload 
for our clients’ agency partners, such as 
EbiquityConnect™ – are all part of our 
commitment to be the partner of 
choice for the global advertiser 
community. Furthermore, this extends 
to our close working relationship with 
leading industry trade bodies, at both 
a global and country level. You can find 
more details on this under the Profile: 
Partnerships section on page 27.

We are also well positioned to advise 
global brand advertisers, and leading 
local brands alike, on how to build 
productive and lasting agency 
relationships. Global reach, local 
expertise and extensive knowledge 
from managing over 100 projects per 
year in this space already make our 
proposition unique. We are building 
on this success to continue selling 
standards, in partnership with our 
clients, for how best to manage their 
agency partners, review their partner 
relationships, align partner incentives, 
and where required, run a robust 
agency selection and onboarding 
process.

In summary

In uncertain times, marketers need 
certainty and clarity on how their 
marketing investments are performing 
like never before. As we transform 
Ebiquity and look to become the 
pre-eminent, independent media and 
marketing consultancy, we are well 
placed to support brand owners and 
marketers in achieving that objective.

13

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsChief Executive Officer’s review

We defined our vision some three years  
ago to become the ‘left-brain’ adviser to 
the CMO and be their go-to media and 
marketing consultancy. 

Michael Karg, PhD
Group Chief Executive Officer

Strategic direction 

The sale of our Ad Intel practice was 
a pivotal moment for Ebiquity. It fully 
aligns with our strategy for growth and 
enables us to focus our efforts on 
maximising our opportunity from the 
structural trends that are shaping the 
media and marketing industry.

Our much stronger financial position 
gives us more flexibility to deliver our 
vision and manage a simpler and more 
focused, operationally aligned business 
and make targeted investments to 
support our growth strategy. 

The demand from brands for 
independent media and marketing 
consulting services continues to grow. 
Ebiquity is in a unique position to be their 
leading provider and adviser, enabling 
them to monitor, evaluate and maximise 
returns from their media spend. 

There are few unbiased, expert-led, 
data-driven consultancies in our 
marketplace. Independent, 
conflict-free, high-quality advice is 
sought by advertisers and Ebiquity’s 
offer, through its portfolio of 
specialised consultancy services, 
matches advertisers’ requirements. 

With the digital revolution and resulting 
explosion of marketing channels and 
related data, the demands on Chief 
Marketing Officers (‘CMOs’) and their 
teams are growing exponentially. 
Increasing complexity and decreasing 
transparency, especially in digital 
media, have increased the need for 
more accountability. To command 
attention and credibility in the C-suite, 
marketers need increasingly to justify 
and explain with confidence and clarity 
the contribution of marketing spend to 
business performance. 

We defined our vision some three 
years ago to become what we like 
to call the ‘left-brain adviser’ to the 
CMO and be their go-to media and 
marketing consultancy. 

In pursuit of that vision, we are 
constantly enhancing our capabilities 
and our reputation for applying the 
tools and techniques of data science 
and analytics to the complex challenges 
that our clients face. We have defined 
a strategic core from which we can 
own and generate value through  
our ability to analyse marketing and 
media data. 

14

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportOur access to unique client data sets, reinforced by our proprietary 
infrastructure, increasingly allows us to handle ever more efficiently 
and drive more granular analysis and insights. 

The requirement for advertisers to 
ensure that agencies deliver their 
services as contracted has continued to 
benefit our Contract Compliance 
practice (branded as ‘FirmDecisions’) 
which achieved 12% revenue growth 
and expanded to several new markets 
during the year. The UK, which remains 
the largest and most established part 
of the Media segment, grew by 5%, 
while a number of our newer markets, 
where we have been investing to build 
our capabilities, grew more rapidly, 
including the USA (by 26%), France 
(11%) and Singapore (41%), outlining 
the opportunity and potential globally. 

Our Analytics & Tech segment 
comprises Advanced Analytics, MarTech 
and AdTech advisory services. We have 
been developing offerings that harness 
technological advances and the power 
of data to enable advertisers to ensure 
that their marketing decisions are 
effective and deliver the optimal return 
on investment. 

Performance in the year 

In the year to 31 December 2018, 
revenue of our continuing Media, 
Analytics and Tech business grew by 
8% to £69.4 million and by 7% on a 
like-for-like, constant currency basis. 

Our Media segment, which accounted 
for 78% of our total revenue and 
comprises Media Performance, 
Media Management and Contract 
Compliance services, grew by 5% to 
£54.2 million (2017: £51.7 million) 
(5% on a like-for-like, constant currency 
basis). This continuing growth is being 
driven by greater scrutiny of digital 
media investments and continued 
focus on the issue of media 
transparency. 

These trends will continue. Our global 
network, one of the most extensive of 
its kind, is enabling us to win global as 
well as local assignments through the 
knowledge and data sets we have 
developed in individual media markets. 
In addition to assisting advertisers to 
assess and optimise their media buying 
performance, this practice has 
developed a market-leading capability 
in advising clients on the management 
and selection of media agencies and 
setting of media buying objectives. 

Number 1

Worldwide in media 
performance measurement

Covering  
$50bn in spend

World’s largest media spend 
data pool

This segment’s revenue increased by 
19% to £15.2 million compared to 
£12.8 million in 2017, representing 15% 
growth on a like-for-like, constant 
currency basis. This success reflects 
growing client demand driven by an 
increased focus on data-driven, 
evidence-based marketing and the desire 
to understand better the increased 
complexity in technology and advertising 
data. The largest contributor (53% of 
the total) to this segment continued to 
be the Advanced Analytics business, 
which grew revenue by 21%. Its data 
science and modelling expertise is 
highly valued and is gaining increasing 
recognition for its thought leadership 
on media and marketing trends. During 
2018, it won various industry awards 
for the ‘Profit Ability’ study conducted 
with Thinkbox. The Australian-based 
MarTech business achieved double-digit 
growth and our new UK AdTech service 
launched successfully in 2018 and 
recorded its first revenues. 

Against the background of revenue 
growth, the reduction in the continuing 
business operating profit to £6.3 million 
from £9.0 million in 2017, was 
disappointing and was a result that 
clearly fell short of the goals originally 
set for the year, as well as our 
longer-term expectations for 
profitability. By investing for the future, 
the Company’s staff and 
administrative costs ran ahead of 
revenue growth achieved in the year. 
As previously reported, we made 
planned investments in people and 
technology to scale our business and 
develop new services. Whilst some 
have yielded expected benefits, others 
are taking longer to generate the 
anticipated growth. In addition, the 
protracted Ad Intel sale process slowed 
the ability to re-scale cost structures 
during the year. 

15

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Foundations for future growth

Developments in Media

We have become a smaller and more 
focused business but recognise that 
while the Company is now structurally 
fitter for the future, further work is 
needed to align our costs with the 
revenue base. 

During the year, we invested more than 
£1.5 million in talent, tools and 
technologies to make our offer more 
consistent on a global basis so as to 
improve our ability to deliver a better 
service to our clients and manage 
resources more cost-effectively across 
our network. As the Ad Intel business 
completes its transition out of the 
business during 2019, we see the 
opportunity to further reduce costs.

At the end of 2018, to support our 
growth, we established a dedicated 
new business team under the leadership 
of Stephen Broderick and we continue 
to appoint client relationship leaders to 
manage service delivery to our existing 
key global clients. While it is early days, 
we are seeing higher revenue growth 
for those managed clients. We are 
entering into multi-year contracts with 
these clients as well as cross-selling 
additional services from our Media, 
Analytics and Tech practices. 

Within Media, one of the key objectives 
is to help re-establish trust between 
clients and agencies.

The Contract Compliance business has 
experienced strong growth over the 
last several years and we are seeing 
further opportunities for growth. In 
2018, the decision was taken to 
enhance our local capability outside the 
UK in markets such as the USA, India 
and Germany. The short-term impact 
of this increased investment reduced 
profitability, but is expected to 
generate benefits in the current year. 

The selection and management of 
media agency partners has become 
more complex for our clients. We have 
identified and taken advantage of this 
opportunity to broaden and 
standardise our service offering across 
key markets by appointing specialists in 
the USA and UK to meet demand. This 
has enabled us to provide high-quality 
strategic advice to a number of global 
clients such as Fiat Chrysler 
Automobiles, GlaxoSmithKline, L’Oreal 
and McDonald’s.

We also accelerated our efforts to 
standardise and unify service delivery in 
our Media Performance practice with 
regard to our product portfolio and in 
delivery. Our expertise and leadership 
position has enabled us to retain 
existing clients and win new business. 
To illustrate this, we were reappointed 
as global independent media adviser for 
a Fortune 50 medical goods company 
with an enhanced scope of work and 
significant incremental revenue, and 
we expanded our media services with 
a global FMCG company to encompass 
extended market reach after a 
competitive multi-market pitch process. 

We continued to invest and innovate in 
support of our automation strategy, 
which led to the release of three key 
tools in 2018: EbiquityConnect™, 
EbiquitySelect™ and EbiquitySync™. 
These are designed to facilitate data 
gathering, increase the speed and 
efficiency of analysis work and improve 
data security. We also established a 
shared services media delivery centre 
in Spain which will become fully 
operational in 2019. Centralising media 
analysis work in this way will reduce 
costs, standardise processes and free 
up our specialist consultants in local 
markets to spend more time on higher 
value added activities. 

70 of the top 100

We work with 70 of the top 100 
global brands

100 agency 
selection projects 
in 2018

More than any competitor

16

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportDevelopments in Analytics & Tech

In our Analytics & Tech practice we 
invested in support of growth and 
launched a new service offering. We 
recognised the opportunity to pursue 
multi-market analytics contracts and 
therefore enhanced the team to compete 
successfully for these. This is generating 
new business, examples of which are: 
the appointment to the roster of one of 
the world’s largest food companies; the 
appointment as multi-market advanced 
analytics partner for a global 
automotive brand; and the award of a 
highly competitive Advanced Analytics 
assignment for one of the world’s 
largest telecommunications groups. 
We have also been recognised for our 
expertise through the prestigious IPA 
Channon Prize for ‘Best New Learning’, 
our pioneering Advanced Analytics 
long-term brand equity modelling work 
with Direct Line Group, two Gold and 
two Silver IPA awards, and one Effie 
award for clients such as Direct Line 
Group, Lidl, Weetabix and Yorkshire Tea. 

5 IPA awards in 
2018

Award-winning advanced 
analytics team

Developments in leadership team 

Towards the end of 2018 we significantly 
strengthened our leadership team 
with key appointments as outlined 
in the Chairman’s statement. 
We believe these will assist in the 
development of the Company and 
help to achieve our strategic goals. 

We have set our leadership team seven 
key objectives to drive growth and 
profitability. These are to:

››

improve our financial discipline and 
operational capabilities; 

›› drive stronger revenue growth and 

improve margins;

›› embrace a nimble sales-focused 

culture;

››

››

train and upskill our talent to enable 
us to successfully deliver against our 
values and vision;

transform and implement a tiered 
client service operating model;

›› establish true innovation in 

analytics, data and digital; and

››

raise the level of standardisation 
and automation of our services 
globally.

In 2018, we launched a standalone 
AdTech advisory business, initially 
based in the UK. This responds to the 
increased complexity and the multitude 
of choices amongst technology and 
service providers by advising clients on 
issues such as in-housing of 
programmatic media and alternative 
advertising technologies. Our 
independence is again a key 
differentiator. While this practice is in 
its infancy, the team has started well 
and successfully delivered several 
high-impact projects including a global 
digital advertising technology 
assessment for one of the world’s 
largest mobile operators. 

Developments in operations

We continued to enhance our 
operational abilities with further 
investment in our CRM system, 
financial management and other 
related tools, aligned our brand and 
website presence with our vision and 
published key thought leadership pieces 
to engage and connect with clients. 
Debbie Morrison, who worked for over 
29 years at ISBA advising clients on key 
industry topics such as marketing 
transformation, and media and 
marketing best practices, joined 
Ebiquity at the beginning of 2019 and is 
responsible for our partnership with 
trade bodies globally, our presence and 
speaking engagements at key industry 
conferences and our own client events. 

17

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Outlook 

The markets in which we operate have 
great potential and the Group has been 
establishing foundations for growth. 
We are evaluating our cost base to 
align it with the reduced size of the 
Group as a result of the disposal of  
Ad Intel. 

However, it will take time to make the 
necessary adjustments during this 
transition period. 

Trading in the current year has started 
in line with the Board’s expectations, 
and while we are mindful of the 
political and economic uncertainties 
which may impact advertisers’ 

budgets, we are confident that 
Ebiquity is well positioned to make 
progress towards our ambition of 
becoming the leading independent 
media and marketing consultancy.

FY18 

£m 

54.2 

15.2 

69.4 

20.2 

89.6 

Revenue

FY17 

£m 

51.5 

12.7 

64.2 

23.2 

87.4 

Variance

£m 

2.7 

2.5 

5.2 

3.0 

2.2 

%

5

19

8

(13)

3

Operating profit 

Operating profit margin

FY18 

£m 

12.1 

1.4 

(7.2) 

6.3 

1.0 

7.3 

FY17 

£m 

14.0 

1.6 

(6.6) 

9.0 

3.0 

12.0 

Variance 

FY18 

FY17

£m 

(1.9) 

(0.2) 

(0.6) 

(2.7) 

(2.0) 

(4.7) 

% 

(14) 

(13) 

9 

(30) 

(67) 

(39) 

% 

22 

9 

— 

9 

5 

8 

%

27

13

—

14

13

14

Operational review 

Media 

Analytics & Tech 

Continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

Total 

Media 

Analytics & Tech 

Unallocated costs 

Continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

Total 

18

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within the Analytics & Tech segment, 
which grew by 19% overall, the UK is 
also the largest revenue contributor, 
with 54% of the total, and grew by 37% 
largely due to the success of the 
Advanced Analytics practice along with 
an initial contribution from AdTech. 
Iberia’s Advanced Analytics practice 
grew by 20%. MarTech in Australia 
(acquired in 2017) grew revenue by 36% 
(on a like-for-like, constant currency 
basis) but the US MarTech practice 
reported a revenue decline as the 
nature of the market demand for its 
data management services changed.  
A new manager was appointed early in 
2019 to reorient this business, which is 
expected to stabilise this year. 

The segment’s operating profit reduced 
slightly to £1.4 million. Within this, 
Advanced Analytics increased its 
profits in line with revenue growth, 
although this was offset by the 
investments made to launch the 
AdTech business and by lower profits 
in US MarTech.

Michael Karg, PhD
Group Chief Executive Officer

15 April 2019

Within the Media segment, the UK 
business, which accounts for 45% of 
the total, grew by 5%. A number of 
newer markets recorded strong 
growth, including the USA, whose 
revenue increased by 26%, Singapore 
by 41%, France by 11% and Italy by 9%. 
However, in Germany revenue fell by 7% 
due to a break-away by part of the 
team and in Australia revenue fell by 
5% as some clients did not renew due 
to their media spend falling. In China, 
where a new manager was appointed 
at the end of 2017, the previous revenue 
decline was significantly reduced and 
the business returned to growth in the 
second half. The operating profit of the 
Media segment was £1.9 million lower 
than the prior year at £12.1 million, 
compared to £14.0 million, and the 
operating margin reduced to 22% from 
27%. This was due, as highlighted 
earlier in the CEO’s review, to the 
significant investments made in the 
year across the Media practices as well 
as a revenue decline in some markets. 

Leading in contract 
compliance

The leading media contract 
compliance consultancy 
worldwide

19

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOur business model

Our business model is built around our core capability of  
analysing media and marketing data to help our clients drive  
better marketing outcomes and to deliver greater business impact.

Our data-driven approach to creating 
clarity from complexity is hardwired into 
all our different products and services.

Our engagements across our core 
practices start with a strategic review 
of where our clients are today, where 
they want to get to, and what their 
motivations are. This is true for both 
long-established and first-time clients. 
This process enables us to determine the 
most effective order in which to address 
specific, priority tasks.

We then capture data; we cleanse, 
organise and harmonise that data; we 
generate actionable, data-driven 
insights; and, we tell our clients 
data-driven stories from which they 
can take practical action to achieve 
their business and marketing 
objectives. This is how we empower our 
clients to take rightful ownership of 
their digital marketing strategy, 
technology, data and media spend.

Our approach is defined by our access 
to unique client data sets, such as 
detailed media performance data, or 
broader business performance data. 
We have reinforced this capability with 
a proprietary data infrastructure that 
allows us to handle data efficiently and 
quickly, and drive more granular 
analysis than our competitors. 

We activate our core capability with 
unique talent, including highly talented 
analysts and data scientists, 
embedded throughout our business. 
All of this combines to deliver value to 
our clients in the form of better 
marketing outcomes and greater 
business impact, whether top-line 
growth or savings.

Inputs:

Media &  
marketing data
•  Advertiser data – media, spend, 
sales, social media, research and 
polling data.

•  Consumer data – behavioural, 
web data (1st, 2nd and 3rd 
party), customer profiles, CRM 
data, attitudinal data inferred 
from behaviours.

•  Market data – brand vs 

competitor performance, 
e-commerce data, third-party 
demographic data.

Outputs:
Greater marketing 
and business 
impact
• 

Improved media and marketing 
decision-making.

• 

Increased sales – e.g. optimised 
marketing investments, 
enhanced marketing response.

•  Better cost control – e.g. ensuring 
trading partners deliver against 
savings claims.

20

ur c

O

a

t

a

d

g

r e : analy

o

s

i

s

o

f

m

e

dia an

 marketin

d

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic report 
 
 
3

We  
organise  
data

4

We apply 
advanced 
analytics

DATA 
SCIENTISTS

MODELLERS

2

We  
capture  
data

DEVELOPERS

o

ur c
O

a

t

a

d

g

ANALYSTS

r e : analy

s
i

s

o

f

m
e

dia an

MEDIA  
EXPERTS

5

We generate 
actionable 
insights

 marketin

d

DIGITAL  
EXPERTS

STRATEGIC 
CONSULTANTS

CLIENT 
PARTNERS

1

We conduct 
strategic  
reviews

6

We tell 
data-driven 
stories

> Find out more about our divisions on pages 6 and 7

21

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
Our strategy for growth

Everything we do is governed and  
directed by our core purpose at Ebiquity.  
We are ‘creating clarity for our clients’.

Our ambition is to be the world’s leading consultancy, specialising in media and marketing and entirely independent of the 
media trading ecosystem. As we strive to work increasingly as the ‘left-brain’ adviser to the CMO, everything we do is shaped by 
our corporate purpose, creating clarity for our clients. In order to attain our ambition, we established goals across five core 
areas: People, Product, Process, Profile and Performance. Our 5Ps strategy provides the framework for us to benchmark and 
measure out progress towards our long-term ambition.

Ebiquity’s 5P goals

People

Attract, retain and develop high-calibre talent from the 
media, consultancy and analytics and data science 
communities

Product

Launch proprietary products and services that harness 
our data and insights, enabling us to be trusted advisers 
for our clients

Process

Shape the organisation and its processes to support 
broader and deeper client relationships, locally and globally

Profile

Raise our brand profile and broaden the perception of our 
expertise to support our growth plans

Performance

Deliver sustainable, double-digit revenue growth  
at sustainable operating margins

22

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportHere are some of the highlights for  
the goals that we delivered in 2018.

Emma Winterson-Hayward,  
Chief People Officer

Ebiquity’s new Chief People Officer is 
Emma Winterson-Hayward. She is 
responsible for developing and executing 
Ebiquity’s human resources strategy in 
support of the Company’s overall 
business plan and strategic direction. 
She will specifically work in the areas of 
talent management, diversity, 
organisational development and change 
management. Emma has a strong track 
record in successfully managing people 
in diverse cultural environments and 
across a wide variety of people-focused 
sectors, including technology, consulting, 
fintech, financial services and the 
creative industries.

Debbie Morrison,  
Managing Director Global 
Partnerships and Events

Debbie Morrison has recently joined as 
Managing Director, Global Partnerships 
and Events. Debbie joined after almost 
30 years at the Incorporated Society of 
British Advertisers (‘ISBA’). At Ebiquity 
she will lead collaborations with 
national, international and 
transnational trade bodies, as well as 
facilitate client events, roundtables, 
and other client forums.

In addition to these senior 
appointments, two of Ebiquity’s 
leadership team have taken on new 
roles in the business, to support our 
process of business transformation:

Richard Basil-Jones, 
Global President

Richard has become Global President, 
responsible for Ebiquity’s regions 
(Europe, North America and Asia 
Pacific) and practices (Media, Analytics 
and Tech). Richard previously ran 
Ebiquity Asia Pacific and is now based 
in our London office.

Stephen Broderick, 
Global CEO, Contract  
Compliance

Stephen is the co-founder and Global 
CEO of our contract compliance 
business, FirmDecisions. As well as 
continuing to run FirmDecisions, 
Stephen is also now responsible for all 
business development for Ebiquity’s 
Media practice, coordinating 
country-level and global teams selling 
the suite of our Media services. 

People

Rob Woodward,  
Non-Executive Chairman

After a successful 12-year tenure, 
Ebiquity’s Non-Executive Chairman 
Michael Higgins retired in 2018. 
Michael was succeeded as Chairman 
by Rob Woodward in May 2018. Rob 
brings a wealth of both media and 
senior Board-level experience to 
Ebiquity. He was CEO of STV Group plc 
for 11 years, where he led the 
company’s successful transformation 
into a pre-eminent digital media group. 
Before joining STV, Rob was 
Commercial Director at Channel 4 
Television for four years. He was 
previously a Managing Director with 
UBS Corporate Finance and lead 
partner for Deloitte’s TMT industry 
group in Europe. Rob’s combination 
of media and consultancy experience 
will prove invaluable during Ebiquity’s 
ambitious transformation programme.

Alan Newman,  
Chief Financial  
& Operating Officer

In January 2019, we appointed 
Alan Newman as our global Chief 
Financial & Operating Officer. Alan 
has extensive public company 
experience having spent almost ten 
years as CFO of YouGov plc, the 
AIM-listed global market research and 
data analytics group. He is currently 
Non-Executive Director of Future plc, 
Chair of Freud Museum London and 
Deputy Chair of the Quoted 
Companies Alliance. Alan was a 
partner at EY and previously at KPMG, 
providing Board-level advisory and 
consulting services in the media, 
technology and telecoms sectors.

23

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOur strategy for growth continued

Product

In our drive to become the world’s 
leading independent media and 
marketing consultancy, we are 
investing in and developing a set of 
tools to systematise globally and scale 
our defensible core services. This will 
allow our consultants to focus on 
using their analytical skills to establish 
and enhance client relationships, 
rather than spending time collecting, 
cleansing and managing data. 
Our tools are also designed to make 
it more straightforward for us to 
work in partnership with our clients 
and agencies.

In 2018, we continued to invest in our 
digital tool ecosystem, including 
EbiquitySync™, EbiquityConnect™, 
and EbiquitySelect™.

EbiquitySync™ – as the pioneers of 
media performance measurement and 
benchmarking, we have developed 
leading methodologies that have set the 
standards for the industry for more 
than 20 years. In 2018, we developed 
and launched the most robust and 
authoritative digital media 
measurement tool available. 
EbiquitySync™ enables advertisers to 
apply the same high standards to their 
digital media benchmarking as they’ve 
grown used to with traditional media. 

The tool was built from the ground up 
for the digital media age. In 2018, we 
started deploying EbiquitySync™ in 
Germany, the UK, Spain and Portugal, 
and throughout 2019 we will roll it out 
progressively to other markets, including 
the USA, Australia, Italy and France.

EbiquityConnect™ – our data collection 
and validation tool which media 
agencies use to upload our mutual 
clients’ media performance data in 
a common, standardised format. 
EbiquityConnect™ is designed to drive 
efficiency, increase data security and 
enhance the robust nature of our 
media benchmarking pool. Having 
started to develop the tool in 2017, 
we continued to expand and develop 
it throughout 2018.

EbiquitySelect™ – Ebiquity advises 
more national and global advertisers 
on media agency partner selection and 
management than any other company. 
During 2018, we developed 
EbiquitySelect™, a new tool that 
enables us to automate how we 
compare pricing between agencies 
tendering for a brand’s business. This 
allows us to deliver a core component 
of our agency selection services with 
increased speed and greater accuracy.

Our investments in these and other 
tools shows our commitment to driving 
efficiency in the core of our business, 
and will deliver benefits for clients 
including innovation and 
standardisation in our offering across 
our international business.

Process

Global client partners

During 2018, we further embedded 
the role of senior global client partners 
across a sub-set of our key accounts. 
Their brief is to deepen and expand the 
relationships we have with some of our 
most important global accounts. This 
has had a number of positive impacts.

First, by having a stronger, central point 
of reference for our clients, we have 
been on site with them more often and 
had more face-to-face time with key 
contacts. This has allowed us to work 
with a wider variety of functions. 
In some cases, we have moved from 
established partners in procurement, 
media and marketing, and are now 
working more closely with in-house 
data, analytics and tech teams. 
As media and marketing broadens 
its scope, so our involvement with 
different functions expands.

Second, we’ve been able to introduce 
other practices and services to our 
clients, facilitating the process of 
cross-selling and up-selling. Where this 
has been most effective to date has 
been in the adoption of services from 
our Analytics and Tech practices from 
clients who were previously working 
with our Media practice. We have 
grown several clients in this way. 

24

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportAdditionally, during 2018, our Analytics 
practice has started to deliver global 
projects which were historically limited 
to single markets.

Given the strides made since the 
introduction of the global client partner 
function, we are looking to expand this 
approach more broadly, where revenue 
and opportunity justify the investment.

Scaled Delivery Centre

In spring 2018, we established the 
Scaled Delivery Centre (‘SDC’). The 
Centre exists to provide standardised, 
quality-controlled media data 
management services for our offices 
across our global network. This frees up 
consultants in local offices to focus on 
higher-value services. This also allows 
us to smooth out resource needs in 
individual offices.

The SDC is based in Madrid. The team 
provides Media Performance and 
Media Management data services 
including media benchmarking, value 
track analysis, and pitch management 
data analysis. 

Profile

Awards

Ebiquity won its first award from the 
Institute of Practitioners in Advertising 
at the biennial IPA Effectiveness 
Awards in 2016, a Gold for Direct Line 
Group. In 2018, our work was 
recognised in five IPA Awards: a Gold 
and the Channon Prize for Best New 
Learning, again for Direct Line Group; 
another Gold for Lidl; and two Silvers 
for Weetabix and Yorkshire Tea.

Commenting on Direct Line Group’s 
double success in the 2018 awards, 
marketing professor Mark Ritson 
declared that “Ebiquity are awesome” 
in his regular column for Marketing 
Week about the ‘10 lessons all 
marketers should take from Direct 
Line’s brand strategy’.

Ebiquity’s Analytics practice has 
produced three reports on the 
sustained effectiveness of TV 
advertising for UK trade body, 
Thinkbox, in 2011, 2014 and 2017. 
The most recent report – titled 
‘Profit Ability: The business case 
for advertising’ and produced in 
partnership with Gain Theory – won 
the 2018 Media Week Award for 
trade body research. And our work 
from the same practice for Lidl won 
a Grand Effie.

2018 was another very positive year in 
which we sustained and raised our 
profile on the global stage. We did this 
through a combination of publishing 
original research, earned media 
relations, awards and speaker 
platforms. Our thought leadership 
content is sought out and widely used 
by media and marketing professionals 
around the world.

The Ebiquity brand and visual identity 
also received a complete overhaul in 
2018, to reflect our objective to become 
the trusted adviser to the CMO. Last 
year’s annual report was the first 
publication to feature the new brand. 
Today, all publications, online and 
offline, for our clients and for other 
stakeholders, are produced to the 
same exacting standards. Case studies, 
viewpoint papers and research reports 
are now clearly from the same family, 
driving consistency and a professional, 
consultancy look and feel across our 
publications.

Mark Ritson (marketing professor 
and columnist) commented: 
“Ebiquity are awesome. 
The consultancy does not pay 
me anything. I do not know or 
like anyone that works there. 
But whenever Ebiquity turn up at 
conferences or, as in this case, work 
with a client like DLG, it inevitably 
produces first-class work… I find it to 
be empirically advanced. I find it to 
be practical… those traits make it 
incredibly attractive. If I were you 
I would work with them.”

25

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOur strategy for growth continued

Profile continued

Research publications

Our original research reports, based on 
proprietary data and analytics 
methodologies, drive media and 
industry attention for Ebiquity. They 
generate significant media coverage in 
specialist trade titles for the media and 
marketing industry, as well as 
generalist national and international 
business press.

Our publications also provide legitimacy 
for our experts to secure invitations 
from event organisers, keen to share 
the findings of our research with their 
conference delegates. In 2018, 
representatives of each of our core 
Media and Analytics & Tech practices 
all spoke at national and international 
media and marketing conferences.

Month

Partner(s)

Title and scope of study

March

Thinkbox, Gain Theory

March

Radiocentre

“Profit Ability: The business case for advertising.” Quantifies for 
the first time the total profit generated by different forms of 
advertising.

“Re-evaluating Media.” The most in-depth study on the value of 
different media. Based on a survey of brands and agencies, 
ranking media by multiple attributes. Triangulates attitudes with 
analytics.

Short link

https://bit.

ly/2oWoZHP

https://bit.

ly/2yVuU4V

June

n/a

November

n/a

November

Zulu5

“Marketing as a Profit Driver.” Econometric analysis identifying 
$45bn untapped profit opportunity for brands globally from 
optimising marketing spend.

https://bit.

ly/2S35bSS

“UK’s Media Landscape in 2019.” Forecast for media pricing in the 
year ahead, covering digital, TV, press, out-of-home and radio. 
Identification of the role of external factors – including GDPR, 
Brexit and ad fraud – on market dynamics.

https://bit.

ly/2HJwwpf

“Brand Safety: Leading brands still exposed.” Analysis of the 
extent to which ad misplacement in non-brand-safe environments 
is prevalent in the DACH market.

https://bit.

ly/2TnUt73

26

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportPartnerships

The appointment of Debbie Morrison 
from ISBA to be Managing Director of 
Global Partnerships and Events 
underlines our commitment to working 
with national and international 
industry associations. As well as our 
existing partnerships, in 2018 Ebiquity 
became a member of both the 
Australian Association of National 
Advertisers (‘AANA’) and the 
Interactive Advertising Bureau (‘IAB’). 
Tim Hussain, Managing Principal of 
Ebiquity Tech, also joined the Advisory 
Board of I-COM, the global forum for 
marketing data and measurement. 

Ebiquity’s Chief Executive Officer, Michael Karg, addresses 
the Mediatel Future of Brands (London).

27

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAnnual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018

Strategic report

Case study

Delivering best practice  
in agency selection

Ran best-in-class pitch 
management and 
onboarding for global 
agencies

Targeted 100% 
transparency on all media 
buys, including in digital 
media

Client objectives

Ebiquity approach

Outcomes

McDonald’s invests $3bn+ in media 
annually. After 14 years with one media 
agency of record, the company was 
looking for a trusted adviser to help 
appoint a roster of agency brands their 
markets could choose from. 
McDonald’s wanted to upgrade its 
partners’ capabilities, secure better 
rates, and ensure 100% transparency 
of every dollar spent, particularly on 
digital.

We worked with the Marketing team 
to develop a best-practice Master 
Services Agreement to judge and 
measure agency performance. 
We co-created a new contract with 
specific commitments, including 100% 
transparency. We supported 
McDonald’s in writing the RFP, issued 
it to five agencies, and monitored 
responses at issues meetings and 
presentations. Senior Ebiquity 
consultants helped to assess agency 
presentations, helping McDonald’s to 
choose the right roster globally.

McDonald’s chose its agency partners 
based on clear, objective criteria. Today, 
the global Media team has the 
confidence – and tools – to empower 
marketers in its key markets to run 
local pitches using roster agencies. 
With the MSA agreed at a global level 
– and operating at a country level – the 
team knows that all markets benefit 
from media cost-price guarantees with 
no compromise on quality. The 
company is targeting total 
transparency on all its media buys.

“In transforming our global marketing function, we’ve just gone 
through an end-to-end agency selection process. Ebiquity has 
helped us identify and select partners that I’m convinced will be a 
great fit for us for many years to come.”

Bob Rupczynski
Corporate Vice President  
Global Media at McDonald’s

28

Ebiquity plc

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018

Case study

Establishing the impact and 
true return of advertising

Analysed thousands of 
econometric studies to 
assess true impact of TV 
advertising

Showed that TV has 
both short-term and 
long-term impact on 
business performance

Client objectives

Ebiquity approach

Outcomes

Thinkbox represents the UK commercial 
TV industry, dedicated to proving 
marketing effectiveness. Through a 
series of research reports, Thinkbox has 
forced industry-wide reappraisal of the 
true value and impact of TV 
advertising. In the wake of strong 
growth in digital spend, Thinkbox 
wanted to understand the connection 
between media investment and 
business performance.

In 2011, we centralised thousands of our 
econometric studies into a single 
database. In a second study (2014), we 
undertook a deep dive into the impact 
of TV versus digital. And in 2018, we 
focused on the ROI TV delivers to 
brands at scale. This enabled us to 
recommend – by category – how 
brands should right-size investment 
across different channels.

Our research has reliably and 
consistently shown that most brands in 
most categories underinvest in TV. 
Most recently, we found that in three of 
the biggest investing sectors, the 
proportion of spend on TV should 
increase – from 75% to 85% in FMCG, 
54% to 65% in financial services, and 
40% to 46% in travel.

Our analysts have run similar research 
for Thinkbox’s Australian counterpart, 
ThinkTV, with similar results. We’ve 
shown that TV is that market’s most 
efficient TV channel, too.

“CEOs and CFOs know brands are important, supporting short and 
long-term sales and margins. They understand brands are built on 
customers’ end-to-end experience of, and word-of-mouth 
recommendations about, buying and consuming products, 
reinforced by advertising. This is a great first step towards 
maximising the net present value of advertising investment.”

Patrick Barwise
Emeritus Professor of Management & Marketing 
London Business School

Ebiquity plc

29

IntroStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAnnual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018

Strategic report

Case study

Making the case for 
long-termism in marketing 
investment

Analysed long-term 
impact of brand ads in 
all sales environments

Developed portfolio 
strategy for marketing 
investment

Client objectives

Ebiquity approach

Outcomes

Direct Line Group (‘DLG’) is a UK 
insurance company, with a portfolio of 
brands appealing to different types of 
customers. Some are sold direct only, 
while others are also sold on price 
comparison sites. DLG wanted to 
understand how different levels of 
investment support brands across its 
portfolio, short term and long term. 

On price comparison websites, we 
determined that brand strength 
influences choice even in this 
competitive environment with 
near-perfect price transparency. 
Direct-to-consumer, we used long-term 
brand equity analysis to identify the 
most important brand attributes and 
quantified their impact on sales. 
Consumers pay more for an insurance 
brand that they trust. Trust is built over 
years of sustained investment. We also 
determined that positive brand equity 
drives almost as many sales long term 
as short term.

DLG’s marketers constantly strive to 
minimise costs and drive efficiencies. 
This programme gave them the 
rationale and evidence to pursue a 
long-term investment strategy. DLG’s 
extensive use of econometrics is 
recognised as cutting-edge by the 
Institute of Practitioners in Advertising 
(‘IPA’). In 2016, DLG won an IPA Gold 
effectiveness award, while in 2018 it 
won Gold and the Channon Prize for 
Best New Learning.

“Ebiquity are key partners in our insight and effectiveness 
programme. Innovative research and analytics have helped us 
change the way we think about marketing investment, both in the 
long term and the short term, which has ultimately helped in 
achieving better returns.”

Ann Constantine
Head of Marketing Effectiveness and Insight  
Direct Line Group

30

Ebiquity plc

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018

Case study

Driving value through media 
performance consulting

Benchmarked cost 
and quality of media 
performance for Domino’s 
Pizza

Identified 20%+ 
improvements for 
Domino’s across two years 
of media benchmarking

Client objectives

Ebiquity approach

Outcomes

Like many small-to-mid-sized 
advertisers in the UK – with budgets 
of £1 million-10 million – when we 
started working with Domino’s Pizza 
they didn’t benchmark media 
performance. The client wanted to 
secure significant savings and improve 
return on media investment by 
comparing how efficiently its agency 
partners were buying media, relative to 
competitors and peers.

We assessed Domino’s media 
performance by comparing the 
restaurant brand’s media spend 
against our media benchmarking pool. 
Our pool is the most comprehensive 
and robust in the industry. At the same 
time, we assessed Domino’s 
performance against 10 other brands 
– all new to benchmarking at the time 
– from a wide variety of sectors. 
Brands analysed came from: FMCG, 
financial services, automotive, quick-
service restaurants, and travel. 
Two-thirds were bricks-and-mortar 
and online, a third were online-only.

Of those advertisers new to the 
discipline, we secured the most 
significant savings for Domino’s, with 
cost improvements of 20%+ in year 
two of benchmarking. This represented 
a multi-million pound saving on its 
media investment. We also found that 
this group of advertisers typically 
enjoyed savings of £300,000 on their 
TV spend after year one of pool 
benchmarking, a year-on-year saving 
of 6.4%. In the UK, £4.3 billion is spent 
by brands on TV advertising, half of 
which is not benchmarked. Potential 
savings here could be significant.

“By tapping into Ebiquity’s independent advice and extensive media 
benchmarks, we were able to achieve greater media transparency 
and efficiency. Ebiquity helped us identify where we could achieve 
better costs and quality from our media investments, which in turn 
has delivered significant improvements in media efficiency.”

Tony Holdway
Sales & Marketing Director  
Domino’s Pizza Group

Ebiquity plc

31

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsChief Financial Officer’s review

Alan Newman, Chief Financial and 
Operating Officer, joined Ebiquity 
in January 2019. 

Alan Newman
Chief Financial and Operating Officer

Underlying profit before tax fell in line 
with operating profit to £5.2 million in 
2018 (2017: £7.9 million). Net finance 
costs were £1.2 million in 2018 
compared with £1.0 million in 2017. 
The increased cost reflects higher 
average gross debt in 2018 compared 
with 2017.

There was a statutory operating loss 
(after highlighted items) of £1.4 million 
compared to a profit in 2017.

In addition to the underlying profit 
decline, highlighted costs increased by 
£3.3 million as detailed below. This led 
to a reported loss before tax of 
£2.5 million compared to a profit 
of £2.7 million in 2017.

Discontinued operations

Revenues for the discontinued 
operations were £20.3 million, 
a decrease of £2.9 million (12%) 
from 2017. Ad Intel revenues fell by 
£1.8 million, or 8%, to £20.1 million, 
reflecting the structural decline in the 
Ad Intel market and the prolonged 
disposal process. Consequently, the 
underlying operating profit for the 
Ad Intel business fell by £2.1 million 
(67%) to £1.1 million compared to 2017. 

Reputation, whose results were only 
included for four months in 2018, 
reported revenues of £0.2 million, 
compared to £1.3 million for the full 
year in 2017. It achieved an operating 
loss of £0.1 million compared to 
£0.2 million in 2017. 

The underlying loss after tax from 
discontinued operations was 
£0.8 million, a reduction of £2.2 million 
from 2017, which reflected the 
operating performance.

Commentary on segmental revenues 
and profits is set out within the 
Chief Executive Officer’s review. 

Continuing business 

The continuing operations’ revenues 
for the year ended 31 December 2018 
increased revenue by £5.2 million, 
or 8%, to £69.4 million. 

Underlying operating profit (statutory 
operating profit excluding highlighted 
items) for the continuing business for 
2018 was £6.43 million, a decrease of 
£2.7 million, or 29%, over 2017. Cost of 
sales (which comprise external partner 
and production costs and direct project 
staff costs) increased by 15% to 
£37.6 million from £32.6 million. 
Administrative expenses grew by 12% 
to £25.4 million from £22.6 million. 
These cost increases reflected 
investments in people and systems 
during the year. As a result, the 
operating margin dropped from 14% 
in 2017 to 9% in 2018. 

32

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportHighlighted items 

Highlighted items for the continuing 
business totalled £7.9 million in the year 
to December 2018 (2017: £4.6 million). 

Highlighted items during the year 
comprised the following: 

•  £1.2 million for purchased intangible 

asset amortisation 
(2017: £1.2 million); 

•  £0.2 million for share-based 

payment expenses 
(2017: £0.6 million); 

•  £1.2 million for severance and 

reorganisation costs, including 
senior management changes in 
Europe, HR, Marketing and 
Operations (2017: £2.3 million); 

•  £2.6 million relating to the 

impairment of goodwill of the China 
operation (2017: nil); 

•  £2.0 million in relation to the 

professional and related costs 
incurred for the disposal of Ad Intel; 
and 

•  £0.3 million relating to an onerous 

lease provision for the Hamburg and 
Sydney offices vacated by Ad Intel.

Cash conversion 

Reported cash from operations  

Underlying cash from operations 

Underlying operating profit/(loss) 

Cash conversion 

Dividend

The Board is recommending the 
payment of a dividend maintained  
at 0.71p per share for the year ended  
31 December 2018. If shareholders 
approve the dividend at the AGM  
on 4 June 2019 it will be paid on  
24 June 2019 to all shareholders  
whose name appears on the register  
of members at the close of business on 
31 May 2019.

Equity

During 2018, 915,729 shares were 
issued upon the exercise of employee 
share options. As a result, the number 
of shares in issue increased to 79,113,190 
(31 December 2017: 78,197,461).

Highlighted items in the discontinued 
operations totalled £1.8 million, 
compared to £1.3 million in 2017. 
The increase was mainly due to 
retention bonuses of £0.9 million offset 
by reductions in other items.

Taxation

The underlying tax charge for the year 
for the continuing operations was 
£1.8 million (2017: £2.4 million). 

This reflected the reduction in 
underlying profit before tax, together 
with a reduction in the effective tax 
rate, which was 28% compared to 32% 
in 2017. 

The total tax charge including on 
highlighted items was £2.0 million 
compared to £1.8 million in 2017. 

Earnings per share 

Underlying diluted earnings per share 
for 2018 were 3.5p (2017: 6.2p) for the 
continuing operations. The reduction 
reflected the fall in underlying 
profitability. There was a statutory 
diluted loss per share of 6.4p compared 
to an earnings per share of 0.7p in 2017.

Year ended   Year ended  
  31 December   31 December  
2017  
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

4,435 

8,777 

6,342 

138% 

6,037

8,900

8,992

99%

Underlying cash from operations represents the cash flows from operations excluding the impact of highlighted items.  
The underlying net cash inflow from operations was £8.8 million during 2018 (2017: £8.9 million). 

Cash conversion was 138% in 2018 (2017: 99%), reflecting continued improvements in the management of working capital. 

33

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Net debt and banking facilities

Net cash  

Bank debt   

Net debt 

  31 December   31 December  
2017  
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

6,414 

4,324

(34,000) 

(33,250)

(27,586) 

(28,926)

Bank debt in the statement of financial position includes £0.1 million (2017: £0.1 million) of loan arrangement fees that have 
been paid and which are amortised over the remaining life of the facility. The bank debt and net debt figures above exclude 
these costs. 

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and Royal Bank of Scotland (‘RBS’). The committed facility at 31 December 2018 
consisted of a revolving credit facility of £35 million, of which £34 million was drawn (2017: £32 million). The facility expires on 
30 June 2020.

During the year, the Group continued to trade within the limits of its banking facilities and associated covenants.

The disposal of the Ad Intel business in January 2019 generated net proceeds of £20 million (after costs and taxes), which will 
reduce the Group’s net borrowing by that amount.

Statement of financial position and net assets

A summary of the Group’s balance sheet as at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 is set out below:

Goodwill and intangible assets  

Other non-current assets 

Net asset held for sale 

Net working capital 

Other current liabilities   

Other non-current liabilities 

Deferred consideration   

Net debt 

Net assets  

  31 December   31 December  
2017  
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

43,251 

72,440

2,149 

23,418 

11,258 

(2,251) 

(1,348) 

(1,477) 

3,331

—

12,439

(2,010)

(2,288)

(2,094)

(27,486) 

(28,836)

47,514 

52,982

Net assets as at 31 December 2018 decreased by £5.25 million to £47.5 million (2017: £53 million). This principally reflects a 
£3.5 million reduction in goodwill and intangible assets through the impairment of goodwill in China, the annual amortisation 
charge on the intangibles and a reduction in net working capital of £1.2 million.

Alan Newman
Chief Financial and Operating Officer

15 April 2019

34

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

What’s in this section

This section provides information on how  
the Company is governed and the activities  
of the Board.

Board of Directors 

Corporate governance report 

Audit & Risk Committee report 

Remuneration Committee report 

Directors’ report 

Corporate governance and people 

36

38

42

44

47

49

35

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAnnual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcBoard of Directors

The Board of Directors (‘Board’) has overall responsibility for  
the Group and aims to represent the interests of shareholders  
and provide leadership and control in order to ensure the  
growth and development of the business.

Rob Woodward
Non-Executive Chairman 
Rob joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
1 March 2018 and was 
appointed Chairman on 
9 May 2018. Rob currently 
sits on the Remuneration 
Committee, the Audit & Risk 
Committee and the 
Nomination Committee.

Experience 
Prior to joining Ebiquity, Rob 
was CEO of STV Group plc for 
nearly 11 years, where he led 
their successful transformation 
into a pre-eminent digital media 
group and oversaw a dramatic 
increase in shareholder value. 
Prior to STV, Rob was 
Commercial Director at Channel 
4 Television for four years and 
was previously a Managing 
Director with UBS Corporate 
Finance and the lead partner for 
Deloitte’s TMT Industry Group in 
Europe. He is currently 
Chairman of the AIM-listed 
data services provider Blancco 
Technology Group plc and 
Chairman of the Met Office.

Committees

Michael Karg, PhD
Group Chief Executive Officer
Michael became Ebiquity Group 
CEO on 1 January 2016, and was 
appointed to the Board on 
27 January 2016 and is a 
member of the Nomination 
Committee.

Experience 
Michael was previously CEO, 
International for Razorfish, the 
digital business transformation 
agency of Publicis Groupe, and 
held senior international 
leadership positions with both 
Razorfish and Digitas over a 
15-year career. A native of 
Austria, he has been based in 
Boston, Paris and London. He 
advised clients globally across 
industries on marketing and 
digital strategies, worked closely 
with technology partners and 
led the integration of acquired 
businesses. Michael holds a 
degree in Finance and 
Accounting and a doctorate in 
Management from the 
University in St Gallen, 
Switzerland and was a visiting 
Fellow at Harvard University 
from 1999 to 2000.

Committees

Alan Newman
Chief Financial and 
Operating Officer
Alan was appointed to the 
Board as Chief Financial and 
Operating Officer on 
7 January 2019, succeeding 
Kevin McNair who had been 
Interim Chief Financial Officer.

Experience
Alan has extensive public 
company experience, having 
spent almost 10 years as CFO 
of YouGov plc, the AIM-listed 
global market research and 
data analytics group. He is 
currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Future plc, Chair of 
Freud Museum London and 
Deputy Chair of the Quoted 
Companies Alliance. Prior to 
YouGov plc, Alan was a partner 
at EY and previously at KPMG 
where he provided Board-level 
advisory and consulting services 
specialising in the media, 
technology and telecoms 
sectors. He is a chartered 
accountant and has an MA in 
Modern Languages (French and 
Spanish) from Cambridge 
University. 

Richard Nichols
Non-Executive Director
Richard was appointed to the 
Board on 1 November 2008, and 
is Chairman of Ebiquity’s Audit 
& Risk Committee and also sits 
on the Nomination Committee. 

Experience
Richard is Deputy Chairman 
of Instinctif Partners, the 
international business 
communications consultancy, 
having been CEO for 12 years 
from 2006 to 2018. He is also a 
Non-Executive Director of the 
Harpenden Trust. Prior to joining 
Instinctif Partners, Richard was 
Chief Executive of Huntsworth 
plc, following the merger with 
Incepta Group plc where he was 
the Chief Executive and 
formerly Group Finance 
Director. An economics 
graduate from Cambridge 
University, Richard subsequently 
qualified as a chartered 
accountant with Price 
Waterhouse (now PwC) 
in London. 

Committees

36

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governance  
 
 
Mark Sanford 
Company Secretary
Mark joined Ebiquity as General 
Counsel and Company 
Secretary in May 2017.

Experience
Having qualified as a solicitor at 
Eversheds, Mark worked in their 
Corporate team before moving 
to his first in-house role at 
Premier Farnell plc. In 2003 
Mark joined the global digital 
communications group Next 
Fifteen Communications Group 
plc as General Counsel and 
Company Secretary, looking 
after the legal function and 
providing company secretarial 
and corporate governance 
support to the Board. In 2009 
he set up his own boutique law 
firm, Baker Sanford LLP, while 
continuing to provide an 
outsourced legal and company 
secretarial service to Next 
Fifteen, including acting for the 
company on acquisitions made 
between 2009 and 2015. 

Tom Alexander
Non-Executive Director
Tom was appointed to the 
Board on 21 November 2014 
and sits on Ebiquity’s 
Nomination Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, 
and Audit & Risk Committee.

Experience
Following senior sales positions 
with Telia and BT Cellnet, Tom 
founded Virgin Mobile in 1999 
and subsequently built the 
business to revenues of £1 billion 
and 4.3 million customers in 
eight years. He led the 
company’s IPO in 2004 and 
eventual sale to NTL in 2006. 
From 2007 he was Chief 
Executive Officer of Orange, 
leading its turnaround and 
subsequent successful merger 
in 2010 with T-Mobile to create 
Everything Everywhere (‘EE’). 
After running EE for a further 
year he left to pursue private 
equity opportunities and 
non-executive roles. Tom brings 
a wealth of international 
business experience and 
consumer instinct to Ebiquity. 

Committees

Julie Baddeley 
Non-Executive Director
Julie was appointed to the 
Board on 21 November 2014, 
and is Chair of Ebiquity’s 
Remuneration Committee 
and sits on the Nomination 
Committee.

Experience
Julie has served in both 
executive and non-executive 
capacities on the boards of 
leading companies in the 
FTSE 100 and FTSE 250, as well 
as a number of major public 
sector organisations. She has 
chaired the Remuneration 
Committees of several company 
boards and served as Chair of 
Harvey Nash plc from 2013 to 
2018. She is currently Senior 
Independent Director of 
Marshall of Cambridge and a 
Director of Chrysalis VCT plc. 
Julie has broad experience of 
businesses in professional 
services such as Ebiquity, 
and of those in the consumer 
industry sectors Ebiquity serves, 
including The Woolwich, 
Camelot and Greggs. She was 
Associate Fellow at Oxford 
University Said Business School 
from 2000 to 2010, having 
previously run a global team 
as a partner at Accenture. 

Committees

  Audit & Risk Committee

  Nomination Committee

  Remuneration Committee

  Denotes Chairperson

37

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report

The Board is committed to maintaining 
appropriate standards of governance 
to complement Ebiquity’s aim to deliver 
long‑term success.

Rob Woodward
Non-Executive Chairman

Chairman’s governance overview

Corporate Governance Code

My role as Chairman

I am pleased to present the corporate 
governance report for the year ended 
31 December 2018. 

The corporate governance report 
describes the framework for corporate 
governance and internal control that 
the Directors have established. 
Ebiquity is committed to robust 
standards of corporate governance 
which are appropriate to the nature 
and size of the business.

As a company listed on AIM, Ebiquity is 
not required to comply with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code but 
considers the UK Code as part of its 
overall corporate governance strategy, 
taking into account the Group’s size 
and complexity. In July 2018 the Board 
formally adopted the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (‘QCA’) Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘QCA Code’) 
pursuant to Rule 26 of the AIM Rules. 
Further details can be found in the 
corporate governance and people 
section on pages 49 to 51 where 
compliance with the various principles 
of the QCA Code are set out.

It is my principal responsibility as 
Chairman to ensure that the Board is 
effective in interrogating, approving 
and monitoring the Company’s 
direction and strategy. As Chairman 
I am also responsible, in consultation 
with the Company Secretary, for 
ensuring proper information is supplied 
to the Board in a timely fashion, that 
Board meetings are conducted 
effectively and that proper debate 
is had at Board meetings. We 
acknowledge that shareholders look 
to the Board to promote the long-term 
success of the Company and, as 
Chairman, I recognise it is my role 
to provide the leadership to the Board 
to do so.

Rob Woodward 

Chairman

15 April 2019

38

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governanceBoard of Directors
Role of the Board

The Board is responsible to 
shareholders for the strategic direction, 
investment decisions and proper 
management of the affairs of the 
Group. The Directors are also 
collectively responsible for acting in the 
way which they consider, in good faith, 
is most likely to promote the success of 
the Company for the benefit of 
Ebiquity’s shareholders as a whole. In 
doing so, the Directors have regard 
(amongst other matters) to the 
interests of the Company’s employees 
and the need to foster the Company’s 
business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and other stakeholders.

A statement of the Directors’ 
responsibilities with regard to the 
annual report and financial statements 
is set out on page 53.

Composition of the Board  
and roles of the Directors

Rob Woodward joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman 
Designate on 1 March 2018. 
Michael Higgins retired as Chairman 
following the AGM on 9 May 2018 and 
Rob took over as Chairman. Michael 
had served as Chairman for 12 years. 

Andrew Noble resigned as a director of 
the Company on 24 September 2018. 
Andrew had been Chief Financial 
Officer since September 2016. He was 
replaced initially by Kevin McNair, who 
was Interim Chief Financial Officer 
from 2 October 2018 and a director 
from 10 October 2018. Alan Newman 
was appointed Chief Financial and 
Operating Officer and a director of 
the Company on 7 January 2019. 
Kevin resigned from the Board on the 
same day.

Morag Blazey resigned from the Board 
on 2 January 2019. Morag had been 
Managing Principal of the Advertising 
Intelligence Practice since 2016 and 
transferred to Nielsen as part of the 
sale of the business which completed 
on 2 January 2019.

The Board of Directors now comprises 
an independent Non-Executive 
Chairman, three further independent 
Non-Executive Directors and two 
Executive Directors. The Board is 
satisfied that it has a suitable balance 
of independence, skills and knowledge 
to enable it to discharge its duties and 
responsibilities effectively.

Biographical details regarding the 
Directors, including the committees 
on which they serve, are contained 
on pages 36 and 37.

The Chairman’s principal role is to 
ensure that the Board is effective in 
interrogating, approving and 
monitoring the Company’s direction 
and strategy. The Chief Executive 
Officer is responsible for setting 
long-term strategy, developing 
appropriate business plans, agreeing 
management KPIs and leading the 
Executive Directors and senior 
executive team in the day-to-day 
running of the Group’s business. 
He is also responsible for shareholder 
communications and ongoing 
relationships with investors. The Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial and Operating Officer 
regularly meet with investors and 
analysts to discuss the performance 
of the business and its strategy.

The Board’s responsibilities

The principal matters considered by 
the Board include:

•  approving the annual budget and 

quarterly reforecasts;

•  the Group’s financial results and 

the half-year and full-year reports;

•  approving the Company’s dividend 

policy;

•  major capital projects; and

•  corporate governance matters.

As part of good governance there 
are certain matters which are not 
appropriate to be delegated to 
management and should be reserved 
for consideration by the Board.  
The Board has formally approved a 
written list of such matters, which is 
available on Ebiquity’s website at 
www.ebiquity.com. 

Board meetings

During the year the Board met formally 
on eight occasions. In addition, there 
were a small number of meetings 
convened on short notice to consider 
ad hoc matters.

The Board receives monthly 
management accounts and other 
relevant information as appropriate 
in advance of each Board meeting. 
This information is made available 
electronically via an online Board 
portal. Directors are able to access 
this information at any time, including 
following Board meetings.

There are a number of standing agenda 
items reviewed by the Board at each 
regular Board meeting, including a 
business update, current trading and 
outlook. Other items are considered by 
the Board as appropriate, including, as 
a minimum, an annual review of the 
Company’s governance arrangements. 

Detailed minutes are taken of all Board 
meetings. Minutes are circulated to the 
Board and approved at the following 
Board meeting.

Advisers to the Board and  
its committees

All Directors have access to the advice 
of the General Counsel and Company 
Secretary who attends all Board 
meetings. The Board seeks advice from 
external advisers, including legal, tax 
and remuneration advisers, on various 
matters as and when appropriate. 
The Company’s auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 
attend meetings of the Audit & Risk 
Committee. Directors may take 
independent professional advice at 
the Company’s expense as and when 
necessary to support the performance of 
their duties as directors of the Company.

39

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance report continued

Risk management

Audit & Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee, which 
meets several times a year as required, 
is chaired by Julie Baddeley. The 
Remuneration Committee currently 
comprises Julie Baddeley, Rob 
Woodward and Tom Alexander. 
The Remuneration Committee is 
responsible for the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration and other benefits and 
terms of employment, including 
performance-related bonuses and 
share options as well as general 
guidance on aspects of remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee report 
can be found on pages 44 to 46.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is chaired 
by Rob Woodward. The Nomination 
Committee currently comprises 
Rob Woodward, Richard Nichols, 
Julie Baddeley, Tom Alexander and 
Michael Karg. The Nomination 
Committee meets as necessary and 
has responsibility for nominating 
candidates to the Board for 
appointment as directors, bearing 
in mind the need for diversity and a 
broad representation of skills across 
the Board.

The Board retains ultimate control and 
direction over appropriate strategic, 
financial, organisational and 
compliance issues. The Board has put in 
place an organisational structure with 
defined lines of responsibility. The 
Company has adopted an authority 
matrix which sets out the delegation of 
authority to individual business units 
and members of staff.

The internal control system put in place 
by the Company is designed to provide 
reasonable assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. Commercial risks 
are an inherent part of business and as 
such the internal control system cannot 
provide absolute assurance against 
these risks. There is an internal risk 
committee which regularly meets to 
review existing risks and discuss new 
risks. The output of this is fed into the 
Audit & Risk Committee of the Board. 

Board committees

The Board has constituted several 
committees to help it in the 
performance of its functions. 
The principal committees are the 
Audit & Risk Committee, the 
Remuneration Committee and the 
Nomination Committee. The roles of 
these committees are set out below.

The Audit & Risk Committee, which 
meets at least three times a year, is 
chaired by Richard Nichols. The 
Audit & Risk Committee currently 
comprises Richard Nichols, Rob 
Woodward and Tom Alexander. The 
Board considers Richard Nichols to 
have recent and relevant financial 
experience. Richard is a qualified 
chartered accountant and has served 
as the Finance Director and Chief 
Executive Officer of listed and private 
companies. The purpose of the 
Audit & Risk Committee is to ensure the 
preservation of good financial practices 
throughout the Group; to monitor that 
controls are in force to ensure the 
integrity of financial information; to 
review the interim and annual financial 
statements; to assess the adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management systems and consider 
the Group’s risks; and to provide a line 
of communication between the Board 
and the external auditors.

The purpose of the Committee is to 
ensure the preservation of good 
financial practices throughout the 
Group and to monitor that controls are 
in place to ensure the integrity of 
financial information. It is responsible 
for reviewing the performance of the 
external auditors and for agreeing their 
scope of work. It also monitors the level 
of non-audit work conducted by the 
external auditors to ensure 
independence and objectivity. 
The Committee also reviews the risk 
management process and the risks 
identified by the internal risk 
committee. Details of non-audit fees 
paid to the external auditors are set 
out in note 4 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

The Audit & Risk Committee report can 
be found on pages 42 and 43.

40

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governanceAttendance at meetings

Details of the Directors’ attendance at each regular Board and committee meeting in the year is as set out below (number of 
meetings attended by each Director/the maximum number of meetings each Director was entitled to attend):

Audit & 

Board 

 Risk  Remuneration  Nomination

3/3 

6/6 

8/8 

6/6 

2/2 

8/8 

8/8 

8/8 

7/8 

1/1 

2/2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3/3 

— 

— 

4/4 

4/4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8/8 

7/8 

1/1

1/1

2/2

—

—

—

2/2

2/2

2/2

Whistle-blowing and  
Bribery Act 2010

The Company has established 
arrangements by which individuals 
may, in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties in matters 
of financial reporting and other 
matters. The Group has an anti-bribery 
code of conduct which is intended to 
extend to all the Group’s business 
dealings and transactions in all 
countries in which it or its subsidiaries 
and associates operate. 

Michael Higgins (retired on 9 May 2018) 

Rob Woodward (from 1 March 2018)   

Michael Karg, PhD 

Andrew Noble (until 2 October 2018)   

Kevin McNair (from 10 October 2018)  

Morag Blazey 

Richard Nichols 

Julie Baddeley 

Tom Alexander 

Shareholders

The Board recognises the 
importance of effective 
communication with its 
shareholders, to ensure that its 
strategy and performance are 
clearly understood. The Company 
communicates with shareholders 
through the annual report and 
financial statements, full-year and 
half-year results announcements, 
trading updates, the AGM and 
face-to-face meetings. A range 
of corporate information (including 
copies of presentations and 
announcements) is available on 
the Company’s website at  
www.ebiquity.com. The Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
and Operating Officer and the 
Chairman regularly meet with 
institutional shareholders and the 
Board is kept informed of the views 
of the major shareholders.

41

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit & Risk Committee report

Role and responsibility of the 
Audit & Risk Committee

The Committee’s terms of reference 
can be found on the Company’s 
website. The principal responsibilities of 
the Committee include:

Activities during the year

The key matters the Committee 
considered during the year are listed 
below.

In respect of the Group’s financial 
statements and interim accounts:

•  monitoring the integrity of the 
Group’s financial statements, 
including a review of significant 
financial reporting issues and 
judgements;

•  reviewing the external auditors’ 

independence and objectivity, the 
effectiveness of the external audit 
process and the appointment, 
reappointment and removal of the 
external auditors;

•  revenue recognition: the Committee 
reviewed the quantum of accrued/
deferred income and the judgement 
applied by management in 
calculating revenue recognition 
cut-off. The Committee reviewed 
the quality of evidence available to 
support revenue recognition. 
The Committee reviewed the 
impact of IFRS 15 on the Group’s 
revenue recognition policy;

•  reviewing the Group’s financial 

•  sale of Advertising Intelligence 

controls and other internal reporting 
systems;

•  reviewing progress on implementing 

control improvements; and

•  keeping under review the adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management systems.

business: the Committee reviewed 
the disclosure relating to the sale of 
the Advertising Intelligence business 
in relation to whether the assets of 
the business should be treated as 
held for sale and the carrying value 
of goodwill;

•  presentation of highlighted items: 

the Committee reviewed the nature 
and quantum of the items proposed 
by management to be classified as 
highlighted, to ensure they were 
consistent with the Group’s 
accounting policies and full 
disclosure had been made in 
the financial statements;

Introduction

The Board has ultimate responsibility 
for the Group’s system of internal 
control and for managing the Group’s 
risks, which is a key component of the 
Group’s governance framework. The 
Board has delegated to the Audit & 
Risk Committee oversight of the 
Group’s financial reporting and the 
Group’s risk management process 
which aims to identify and mitigate 
significant risks.

All of the members of the Committee 
are independent Non-Executive 
Directors with a combination of 
accounting, financial and commercial 
experience. The Board considers 
Richard Nichols, who chairs the 
Committee, to have recent and 
relevant financial experience. Richard is 
a chartered accountant with significant 
financial and commercial experience in 
both listed and unquoted companies. 
Richard’s biography and appointments 
are set out on page 36.

The Committee met on three occasions 
during the year. The attendance of its 
members is set out in the table on page 
41. Meetings of the Committee are 
commonly comprised of three sections. 
The first section of meetings of the 
Committee are also normally attended 
by the Group Chief Executive Officer, 
the Chief Financial Officer, the 
Company Secretary and other 
members of senior management, 
together with representatives from the 
external auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’), 
which ensures the Committee and the 
external auditors have access to all 
financial and operational knowledge. 
Subsequently, Committee members 
also meet with the external auditors 
without the Executive Directors and 
other senior management in 
attendance, which ensures that the 
Committee maintains an independent 
view. Finally, there is a section of the 
meeting attended solely by the 
members of the Committee.

42

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governance•  the assessment of the carrying 
value of goodwill and intangible 
assets: the Committee assesses on 
a twice-yearly basis whether there 
are any indicators of impairment to 
the carrying value of any 
cash-generating unit. The 
Committee reviewed the key 
assumptions in the assessment of 
goodwill and the sensitivity of these 
assumptions and impact on the 
carrying value of goodwill and 
intangible assets. On this basis the 
Committee makes 
recommendations to the Board in 
this regard;

•  capitalisation of intangibles: the 

Committee reviewed the nature and 
quantum of the items proposed by 
management to be capitalised, 
together with the period over which 
the capitalised items will be 
amortised, to ensure they are 
consistent with the Group’s 
accounting policies;

•  going concern: the Committee 

reviewed, in particular, 
management’s forecasts of the 
Group’s performance, including 
performance against the covenants 
contained in the credit agreement 
with Barclays and RBS; and

•  taxation: the Committee reviewed 
the significant components of the 
tax charge and provision and the 
overall effective tax rate of the 
Group as a whole.

External auditors

PwC have been the external auditors 
of the Group since 2012, when a full 
tender process was carried out. 
The original audit partner served from 
PwC’s appointment until completion 
of the audit for the year ended 
31 December 2016 when he rotated 
off the audit. A new partner was 
appointed for the audit of the 
Company’s financial statements for 
the year commencing 1 January 2017. 
A review of PwC’s independence is 
carried out each year before a 
recommendation is made to the Board 
to propose PwC for re-election at the 
AGM. In assessing PwC’s independence, 
the Committee received confirmation 
that, in PwC’s professional judgement, 
PwC is independent within the 
meaning of relevant UK regulatory 
and professional requirements.

Provision of non-audit services

The Committee reviews with 
management the engagement of the 
external auditors for non-audit services 
and the level of associated non-audit 
fees. Details of fees paid to PwC during 
the year are outlined in note 4 to the 
financial statements. Non-audit fees 
of approximately £28,000 were paid to 
PwC during the year in connection with 
Group restructuring activities. 
The Committee does not consider 
that auditor independence has been 
impacted by this matter.

Richard Nichols
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee 

15 April 2019

In respect of risk management, the 
Company has established a continuous 
process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the significant risks the 
Group faces and for determining the 
nature and extent of the significant 
risks it is willing to take in achieving its 
strategic objectives. The Board 
regularly reviews the process, which is 
in place to safeguard the Group’s 
assets and enhance over time the value 
of shareholders’ investments. 
The Board also regularly reviews the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of 
internal control in accordance with 
revised guidance on internal control 
published by the Financial Reporting 
Council. During the year ended 
31 December 2018:

•  the Committee undertook 

significant work reviewing the 
output of management’s exercise 
updating the register of the principal 
risks relevant to the Group and its 
business together with the 
mitigation steps taken to date by 
management and planned to be 
undertaken in the future;

•  the Committee reviewed and 

approved the risk management 
framework prepared by 
management which outlined how 
risk would be identified and 
managed across the business; and

•  the Committee included risk as a 
standing agenda item at each 
meeting for management to update 
the Committee on significant 
changes to the risk register and 
mitigating actions.

With regard to Ebiquity’s external 
auditors, the Committee’s principal 
activities were to:

•  approve the terms of engagement 
and fees to be paid to the external 
auditors;

•  approve the annual audit plan;

•  review the findings of the auditors 
and management’s response; and

•  evaluate the independence and 

objectivity of the external auditors.

43

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report

Remuneration policy

The Board recognises the role of appropriate remuneration in attracting and retaining people with the industry-leading skills, 
knowledge and experience needed to develop and grow the business, and in incentivising them to deliver the strategy and 
promote long-term sustainable success.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee maintained the remuneration policy that has been in place since 2016. The policy 
is used to determine Executive Directors’ remuneration and as a guide for the Executive Committee in setting 
organisation-wide remuneration. In summary, the policy is as follows:

Base salary

Base salary is intended to provide an appropriate level of fixed remuneration, commensurate with the role and market 
comparators. Base salaries are reviewed on 1 April annually, to take account of cost of living adjustments, market comparators 
and the individual’s performance in the role. The Remuneration Committee’s intention is that salary increases will normally be in 
line with typical increases awarded to other employees in the Group. However, increases may be above this level to address 
specific circumstances, for example, but not limited to, an increase in the individual’s scope and responsibilities, or the need to 
retain specialist expertise in a competitive market.

Benefits

Benefits provide necessary current and future health and security for the individual and their dependants. The Remuneration 
Committee ensures that arrangements for directors are in line with general policies for the workforce, including, but not limited 
to, private medical, life and critical illness insurances, and defined personal pension contributions.

Performance bonus

Performance bonus is the variable element of pay, intended to incentivise the individual to achieve against a set of agreed 
short-term and long-term financial and strategic objectives. Individual participation is set as a percentage of salary according 
to the seniority of the role, and objectives are set and measured on an annual basis. Group financial targets form a percentage 
of the individual’s bonus payout on a sliding scale according to seniority. The remaining percentage of the individual’s bonus 
payout is earned according to the achievement of personal strategic objectives. A maximum of 100% of salary may be earned 
by any one director in a financial year.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

The provision of an LTIP is intended to provide incentives for longer-term growth and value creation through shareholder 
returns. The current scheme provides for nominal-price options subject to a minimum three-year vesting period with 
performance conditions for the executive team and nil-price options for management. Awards are made according to role, 
performance and perceived future value. Awards typically do not exceed 100% of salary and are subject to a maximum of 200% 
of salary in exceptional circumstances.

This policy is intended to reflect the Company’s current stage of development and anticipated growth, and balances risk and 
reward.

The Remuneration Committee is currently undertaking a review of the existing scheme and is seeking external advice to help 
design an appropriate scheme for the future to ensure that is aligned with strategy and promotes the long-term sustainable 
success of the business. Consultation with major institutional shareholders will be part of the process. 

The Remuneration Committee relies from time-to-time on advice and benchmarking from third parties in setting specifics 
of the Executive Directors’ remuneration. 

Implementation of remuneration policy in 2019

The Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year that commenced on 1 January 2019 includes base salary and benefits and an 
annual cash bonus in line with the Company’s remuneration policy.

Base salaries, pension and benefits

The Remuneration Committee reviewed base salaries during the year. The Chief Financial and Operating Officer’s salary was 
set at £225,000 on appointment and will not be increased with effect from 1 April 2019. It was determined that the Chief 
Executive Officer’s salary would remain at the current level of £400,000 and there would be no increase. 

Benefits and pension remain unchanged for 2019.

Annual bonus

In order to achieve the on-target bonus of 50% of salary, each of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and Operating 
Officer must achieve the personal performance targets (‘KPIs’) set for them by the Board, and the Company must achieve its 
target levels of pro-forma (i.e. excluding that derived from in-year acquisitions) revenue and operating profit. 

44

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governanceBoth Company performance targets and personal performance targets are set by the Remuneration Committee. In the event 
that the Company’s full-year revenue and profit results are in excess of analyst expectations, the Executive Directors could 
receive a bonus of up to 100% of their annual salary. 

LTIP

The Remuneration Committee is currently undertaking a review of the existing scheme and will be consulting with shareholders 
in due course.

Non-Executive Directors

Each of the Non-Executives Directors receives a fee for their role as a Director plus a further fee for membership of the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees. If a Non-Executive Director chairs a Committee they receive an additional fee of £5,000 and 
for being a member (but not Chair) the fee is £2,500. The Non-Executive Directors’ fees are £30,000 per annum plus £5,000 in 
respect of the Committees. Julie Baddeley chairs the Remuneration Committee, Richard Nichols chairs the Audit Committee 
and Tom Alexander is a member of both Committees. The Chairman receives an inclusive fee; for 2019, the Chairman’s fee is 
£85,000 per annum.

Directors’ remuneration in the year ended 31 December 2018

  Salary/fees 
£’000 

Taxable 
benefits 
£’000 

FY2018 
year ended 

FY2017 
year ended 
  31 December   31 December  
2017 
Total 
£’000

2018 
Total 
£’000 

Bonus 
£’000 

Executive 

Michael Karg, PhD 

Andrew Noble1 

Morag Blazey2 

Nick Manning3 

Kevin McNair4 

Non‑Executive 

Michael Higgins5 

Richard Nichols6 

Julie Baddeley6 

Tom Alexander6 

Rob Woodward7 

400 

278 

250 

— 

88 

43 

45 

45 

45 

62 

1,256 

16 

3 

5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

24 

— 

— 

152 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

416 

281 

407 

— 

88 

43 

45 

45 

45 

62 

427

178

259

300

—

70

35

35

35

—

152 

1,432 

1,339

1.  Andrew Noble resigned as a director on 2 October 2018 and his employment ceased on 23 December 2018. In December 2018, Andrew received 
a total of £98,968 including contributions to his pension, payment in lieu of healthcare benefits, payment in lieu of his remaining notice period 
and in settlement of other provisions in connection with cessation of employment. This amount is included in the salary/fees column above.

2.  Morag Blazey was Managing Principal of the Advertising Intelligence business which was successfully sold to Nielsen Media Research Limited 
on 2 January 2019. Morag received a bonus of £152,000 in relation to the achievement of the sale which was calculated based on the value 
received for the business. Morag ceased to be a director on 2 January 2019 and her employment transferred to Nielsen Media Research Limited.

3.  Nick Manning resigned as a director on 31 December 2017.

4.  Kevin McNair was a director of the Company from 10 October 2018.

5.  Michael Higgins retired from his role as Chairman of the Board and as a director on 9 May 2018. During the year he received additional fees of 

£10,000 for the increased work involved in the sale of the Advertising Intelligence business and the Chairman appointment.

6.  Richard Nichols, Julie Baddeley and Tom Alexander each received additional fees of £10,000 for the increased work involved in relation to the 

sale of the Advertising Intelligence business and the Chairman appointment.

7.  Rob Woodward was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2018 and as Chairman on 9 May 2018.

Pensions

No Director was a member of a Company pension scheme (FY2017: nil). Contributions totalling £32,167 (FY2017: £26,301) 
were made to Directors’ private pension schemes (£25,233 to the highest paid Director, FY2017: £14,010) during the year. 

Annual bonus

For 2018, Executive Directors were eligible for cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary, 20% dependent on individual 
performance and 80% on Company performance against established financial targets in excess of analyst expectations. 
Financial targets were not met and therefore this portion of the bonus did not pay out. 

45

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee report continued

Annual bonus continued

The Committee judged that Michael Karg had met two out of the four individual performance criteria set and therefore was 
awarded a bonus of 10% of salary, amounting to £40,000 for the year to 31 December 2018. In light of the broader 
circumstances of the business, Michael decided to waive this amount.

Long-term incentives

During the year, a total of 285,000 share options that were previously granted to Directors under the Company’s Executive 
Incentive Plan vested (FY2017: 79,425) as set out below. As the Company changed the performance period for the vesting of 
share options for Directors from three years to five years for grants made in respect the year ending 31 December 2016 
onwards, no share options vested based on the year to 31 December 2018. 

Beneficiary
Morag Blazey

Grant date
1 October 2015

Volume
250,000

Andrew Noble

1 October 2018

35,000

Exercise 
price
£0.25

Performance 
condition
Growth in adjusted 
diluted EPS for 
2017 vs 2014

Achievement of 
condition
12.4% compound 
growth (10% required 
for full vesting)

% vested
100%

Number vested
250,000

35,000

Directors exercised share options during the year were 40,295 (FY2017: nil). The highest paid Director exercised no share options, 
(FY2017: nil).

Outstanding share awards 

Share options were granted to Executive Directors in February 2018 in respect of the financial years ending 31 December 2016 and 
31 December 2017, when no awards were granted to the Executive Directors (due to the Directors’ involvement in the sale of the 
Ad Intel business). A further award was made in July 2018 in respect of the year ending 31 December 2018. These were as follows:

Beneficiary

Grant 
date

Volume

Exercise 
price

Performance conditions

Awards 
granted in 
respect of 
the year 
ending

31 December 
2016

31 December 
2017

Michael Karg

13 February 
2018

350,000

Andrew 
Noble

13 February 
2018

150,000

Michael Karg

13 February 
2018

350,000

Andrew 
Noble

13 February 
2018

150,000

31 December 
2018

Michael Karg

Andrew 
Noble

11 July  
2018

11 July  
2018

500,000

150,000

Termination payments to Directors

£0.25

£0.25

£0.25

Growth in adjusted diluted EPS over five-year period to 
31 December 2020 vs 2015; 4%=20% vesting, 8%=60% 
vesting, 10%+=100% vesting. A quarter of the total award 
may vest early if total shareholder return from 
1 January 2016-31 December 2018 is in top quartile of AIM 
Media Index.

Growth in adjusted diluted EPS over five-year period to 
31 December 2021 vs 2016; 4%=20% vesting, 8%=60% 
vesting, 10%+=100% vesting. A quarter of the total award 
may vest early if total shareholder return from 
1 January 2017-31 December 2019 is in top quartile of AIM 
Media Index.

Growth in adjusted diluted EPS over five-year period to 
31 December 2021 vs 2017; 8%=30% vesting, 12%=70% 
vesting, 15%+=100% vesting. A quarter of the total award 
may vest early if total shareholder return from 
1 January 2018-31 December 2020 is in top quartile of AIM 
Media Index.

Vesting 
date

30 April 
2021

30 April 
2022

30 April 
2023

One director, Andrew Noble, left the Company in the year ended 31 December 2018 and received a total of £98,968 including 
contributions to his pension, payment in lieu of salary, healthcare benefits in respect of his remaining notice period and in 
settlement of other provisions in connection with cessation of employment.

Gender pay reporting

The Company published and reported its UK business Gender Pay Gap for the first time under the UK Government’s  
new reporting guidelines in relation to the snapshot date of 5 April 2017 and has again reported for the snapshot date of  
5 April 2018. The most recent report is available on the Company’s website.

Julie Baddeley
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

15 April 2019

46

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governanceDirectors’ report

The Directors present their annual 
report and the audited consolidated 
financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2018.

Ebiquity plc is incorporated in England 
and Wales under registered number 
3967525. Its registered address and 
principal office is at CityPoint, One 
Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW. 
The Company is the ultimate parent of 
the Group. Its overseas operations are 
subsidiaries (see note 13).

Future developments

The future developments of the Group 
are considered in the strategic report 
on pages 1 to 34.

Dividends

The Board is recommending the 
payment of a final dividend of 0.71p 
per share for the year ended 
31 December 2018. If shareholders 
approve this payment at the AGM on 
4 June 2019, the dividend will be paid 
on 24 June 2019 to all shareholders 
who were on the register of members 
at close of business on 31 May 2019.

Research and development

The Group continues to invest in the 
development of products. During the 
period, a total of £1,084,000 was 
capitalised in relation to development 
projects. This has resulted in the 
development of a number of new 
products and services.

Political donations and political 
expenditure

It is the Company’s policy not to make 
political donations and accordingly no 
political donations were made and no 
political expenditure was incurred in the 
period (FY2017: nil).

Modern Slavery Act 2015

Ebiquity’s statement regarding the 
Modern Slavery Act 2015 can be viewed 
on its website (www.ebiquity.com). 

Disposal

On 31 March 2018 the Company 
completed the sale of its Reputation 
business to Echo Research Holdings 
Limited. The consideration payable is 
dependent upon the revenue 
performance of the business during 
the 12 months following completion. 
During 2017 the business contributed 
£1.2 million of revenue and generated 
a £0.2 million operating loss.

Events after the reporting period

On 2 January 2019, the Company 
announced the completion of the 
disposal of its Advertising Intelligence 
business to Nielsen Media Research 
Limited for net consideration 
(after taxation and transaction 
costs) of approximately £20 million 
plus adjustments for working capital. 

Directors and Directors’ interests

Details of the Directors serving at the 
end of the year and their biographies 
are set out on page 36 and 37. 

Rob Woodward joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman 
Designate on 1 March 2018. 
Michael Higgins retired as Chairman 
following the AGM on 9 May 2018 and 
Rob took over as Chairman. Michael 
had served as Chairman for 12 years.

Andrew Noble resigned as Chief 
Financial Officer of the Company 
on 24 September 2018. Andrew was 
replaced initially by Kevin McNair, 
who was Interim Chief Financial Officer 
from 2 October 2018 and a director 
from 10 October 2018. Alan Newman 
was appointed Chief Financial and 
Operating Officer and a director of 
the Company on 7 January 2019. 
Kevin resigned from the Board on the 
same day.

Morag Blazey resigned from the Board 
on 2 January 2019. Morag had been 
Managing Principal of the Advertising 
Intelligence Practice since 2016 and 
transferred to Nielsen as part of the 
sale of the business which completed 
on 2 January 2019.

Mark Sanford, General Counsel, acts 
as the Company Secretary to the 
Board and its committees.

The beneficial interests of Directors, 
who were Directors at the period end, 
in the ordinary shares of the Company 
and options to purchase such shares at 
the beginning and end of the financial 
period comprised:

Rob Woodward 

Michael Karg 

Kevin McNair 

Morag Blazey 

Richard Nichols 

Julie Baddeley 

Tom Alexander 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

Ordinary 
shares 

39,980 

Options 

— 

18,160 

1,400,000 

— 

— 

— 

483,199 

Ordinary 
shares 

— 

— 

— 

— 

100,000 

15,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

100,000 

— 

— 

Options

—

500,000

—

483,199

—

—

—

No Director has any direct interest in the shares of any subsidiary company.

Further information about the Directors’ interests is provided in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 44 to 46.

Directors’ third-party and pension scheme indemnity provisions

The Company purchased and maintained throughout the period, and up to the date of this report, Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of its Directors and officers and those of its subsidiaries and a deed of indemnity is in place between 
the Company and each of the Directors. There were no pension scheme indemnity provisions in place during the period.

47

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued

Employees

Ebiquity is committed to the 
continuous development of its 
employees. The Group’s employees are 
integral to the success of the business 
and as a result the Group pursues 
employment practices which are 
designed to attract, retain and develop 
this talent to ensure the Group retains 
its market-leading position with 
motivated and satisfied employees. 

Further details of engagement with 
employees are set out on page 51.

The Group seeks to recruit, develop and 
employ throughout the organisation 
suitably qualified, capable and 
experienced people, irrespective of sex, 
age, race, disability, religion or belief, 
marital or civil partnership status or 
sexual orientation. The Group gives full 
and fair consideration to all 
applications for employment made by 
people with disabilities, having regard 
to their particular aptitudes and 
abilities. Where existing employees 
become disabled it is the Group’s policy 
to provide continuing employment 

wherever practicable in the same or 
an alternative position and to provide 
appropriate training. It is the policy 
of the Group that training, career 
development and promotion 
opportunities should be available 
to all employees.

Employees are encouraged to own 
shares in the Company, and many 
employees are shareholders and/or 
hold options under the Company’s 
share option schemes.

Financial instruments

The Group’s principal financial 
instruments comprise bank loans and 
cash. The main purpose of these 
financial instruments is to provide 
finance for the Group’s operations. 
The Group has various other financial 
assets and liabilities such as trade 
receivables and trade payables, which 
arise directly from its operations. 
The operations of the Group generate 
cash and the planned growth of 
activities is cash generative. Full details 
of financial instruments are included in 
note 26 to the financial statements.

Name 

Artemis Investment Management 

JO Hambro Capital Management  

T Rowe Price Global Investments 

Kabouter Management   

Legal & General Investment Management  

Herald Investment Management  

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management (Inst) 

Fidelity International 

AGM notice

The notice of the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting accompanies this 
document and is also available for 
inspection on the Company’s website. 

Going concern

The Board is responsible for considering 
whether it is appropriate to prepare 
the financial statements on a going 
concern basis. After making 
appropriate enquiries, the Board 
concluded that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future 
and operate within banking facilities 

and the covenants therein. 
Furthermore, the anticipated proceeds 
from the sale of the Advertising 
Intelligence business would allow the 
Group to repay a significant proportion 
of its outstanding bank facility. For 
these reasons the Group continues to 
adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements.

Independent auditors and 
disclosure of information to 
auditors

All of the current Directors have taken 
all the steps that they ought to have 
taken to make themselves aware of 
any information needed by the Group’s 

48

Substantial shareholdings

At the date of this report the 
Company’s issued share capital 
consisted of 79,342,273 ordinary shares 
of 25p each and a total of 75,142,273 
voting rights. The Ebiquity plc 2010 
Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) held 
4,200,000 issued ordinary shares to 
satisfy awards for the Company’s senior 
management team. At the date of this 
report, these awards had not been 
exercised. The trustee has agreed not to 
vote on the ordinary shares held by it. 
As such, 4,200,000 ordinary shares are 
treated as not carrying voting rights.

At the date of this report, the following 
had notified the Company that they 
held more than 3% of the Company’s 
ordinary share capital, other than the 
shareholdings held by Directors and the 
EBT. No other person has reported an 
interest of more than 3% in the 
Company’s ordinary shares.

Number of  % of issued 

% of total  

shares  share capital  voting rights

15,772,045 

  8,940,000 

7,430,175 

6,980,758 

4,945,200 

4,341,125 

3,429,334 

3,360,879 

19.88 

11.27 

9.36 

8.80 

6.23 

5.47 

4.32 

4.24 

20.99

11.90

9.89

9.29

6.58

5.78

4.56

4.47

auditors for the purposes of their audit 
and to establish that the auditors are 
aware of that information. 
The Directors are not aware of any 
relevant audit information of which the 
auditors are unaware.

The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP, have indicated their willingness to 
continue in office, and a resolution that 
they be reappointed will be proposed at 
the Annual General Meeting.

By order of the Board

Mark Sanford
Company Secretary 

15 April 2019

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and people

As stated in the corporate governance report on pages 38 to 41, 
the Company formally adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) on 23 July 2018 pursuant 
to Rule 26 of the AIM Rules.

The main principles of the Code are set out below together with, in broad terms, how Ebiquity complies with these principles.

Principle 1

Establish a strategy and business model which promote long‑term value for shareholders

Further details of the Company’s business model and strategy are set out on pages 20 to 27.

Principle 2

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations

As set out in the corporate governance report on pages 38 to 41, the Directors actively seek to build a relationship with 
shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial and Operating Officer are responsible for shareholder 
liaison and present to the major shareholders and analysts after the publication of both the interim results and the full-year 
preliminary results. As well as a presentation of the results, the meetings give shareholders the opportunity to ask any 
questions and discuss their needs and expectations. Ad-hoc meetings are welcomed by the Directors as and when the need 
arises. The AGM is an opportunity for all shareholders to meet the Board and ask any questions.

Principle 3

Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications 
for long‑term success

In addition to shareholders, clients, suppliers, trade bodies and employees are the key stakeholders. 

The Company recognises that employees are key to its success. Further details on the Company’s engagement with its 
employees is set out on page 51. 

The Company is constantly listening to its clients in terms of their needs and has restructured its practices to better serve 
these needs. 

Ebiquity has good relationships with trade bodies globally, such as the WFA, ANA and ISBA, and has published reports with 
the US and Canadian Associations of Advertisers and works closely with similar bodies globally. 

Principle 4

Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation

The Board retains ultimate control and responsibility for the risk management of the Group. The Audit & Risk Committee 
report on pages 42 and 43 sets out the risk management process that the Company has in place. 

Principle 5

Maintain the Board as a well‑functioning, balanced team led by the Chair

The Board comprises an independent Non-Executive Chairman, three independent Non-Executive Directors and two 
full-time Executive Directors. All Non-Executive Directors are engaged via letters of appointment which state their time 
commitment. Non-Executive Directors are required to commit an average of 12 days per year, including attending Board and 
committee meetings, the AGM, meetings with shareholders and Board evaluation. The Chairman commits to four days per 
month carrying out his role. Further details about the number of Board meetings held during the year and attendance at 
such meetings is set out on page 41. 

Principle 6

Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up‑to‑date experience, 
skills and capabilities

The Board is satisfied that it has an appropriate mix of skills and experience. The Non-Executive Directors have worked in a 
variety of industries in different roles and bring valuable knowledge and insight. The Directors have finance, consulting, media 
and senior management skills. Two of the Non-Executive Directors (plus the Chairman) are male and one is female. 
Biographies for each of the Directors are set out on pages 36 and 37.

All Directors receive timely information in advance of Board meetings and receive management accounts regularly. 
The Directors have direct access to the services of the General Counsel and Company Secretary and take external 
independent advice where required.

49

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance and people continued

Principle 7

Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement

The Chairman, in conjunction with the Company Secretary, takes on the role of organising an annual Board evaluation 
programme. The Company Secretary also conducts an evaluation of the Chairman’s performance. Feedback is obtained 
and shared, which leads to actions to be taken to continuously improve the functioning of the Board. For the year ending 
31 December 2018, all Directors completed a questionnaire on the structure and the performance of the Board and its 
committees. This was sent anonymously to the Company Secretary who collated the scores and comments. The Board 
discussed the outcome of the questionnaire and a set of actions has been put in place as a consequence which includes 
putting aside specific meetings to discuss strategy and re-shaping the management accounts.

Principle 8

Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

The Company ensures that policies and procedures are in place to cover matters such as anti-bribery and corruption, 
business ethics and modern slavery. The Company commissioned a diversity report and has a number of diversity working 
groups to ensure it functions as a diverse organisation. The regular ‘all hands’ web-based meetings, discussed in the People 
section below, encourages open and honest discussions.

The Company’s core values of Clear, Agile, Curious and Objective encourage a straight-forward, adaptable, honest culture 
which helps promote ethical values and behaviours.

Principle 9

Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good 
decision‑making by the Board

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the strategic direction and proper management of the affairs of the Group. 
The Directors are collectively responsible for acting in a way which they consider is most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of shareholders.

The roles of the Directors are set out in the corporate governance report on page 39.

The Board has constituted several committees to help it in the performance of its functions. The principal committees are 
the Audit & Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination Committee. Full terms of reference are 
published on the Company’s website (www.ebiquity.com) and the principal responsibilities are set out on page 40. 

As part of good corporate governance there are certain matters which are not appropriate to be delegated to management 
and should be reserved for consideration by the Board as a whole. The full list of such matters is available on the Company’s 
website (www.ebiquity.com) and they include:

•  approving annual budgets and quarterly forecasts;

•  changes to the Group’s capital structure;

•  approving the dividend policy; and 

•  reviewing non-routine regulatory news service announcements made by the Company.

Principle 10 Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 

shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

The Company communicates with shareholders through its annual report and accounts, the Annual General Meeting, 
face-to-face meetings with major shareholders and results presentations. A range of corporate information (including all 
regulatory announcements and annual reports and accounts) is available to all shareholders and stakeholders on its website 
at www.ebiquity.com. 

The website also contains details of all votes cast by shareholders at its Annual General Meeting and this is also set out in an 
announcement after the meeting.

50

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcCorporate governancePeople

Wellbeing

As a consultancy business, people are 
key to the success of Ebiquity. 
The Group continues to put in place 
good employment practices and 
policies and develop a culture to 
attract, retain and develop the talent 
required to achieve the Company’s 
strategic objectives. Some of these are 
detailed below:

Chief People Officer

During 2018 Ebiquity hired Emma 
Winterson-Hayward as its new Chief 
People Officer. Emma will continue to 
develop and execute Ebiquity’s global 
human resources strategy in support of 
the Company’s overall business plan 
and strategic direction. Talent 
management, diversity, organisational 
development and change management 
are the key areas Emma will focus on. 
Emma brings a wealth of experience in 
all of these areas from a variety of 
people-focused sectors including 
technology, consulting, fintech, 
financial services and the creative 
industries.

Team working

Ebiquity encourages teamwork across 
its practices and a great example of 
this is showcased by our Paris office. 
It combines agile working with a matrix 
system that ensures staff get an 
understanding of all areas of the 
business. Staff do not have fixed desks 
but are encouraged to sit with the 
people they are working with each day. 
It is acknowledged that everyone has 
their own background and expertise 
and that will be the main focus of their 
job. However each person spends 70% 
of their time working on their area of 
core expertise and the remaining 30% 
on new topics. This allows everyone to 
improve their skill set and gives greater 
resourcing flexibility for busy times.

During the year, Ebiquity held its annual 
‘Wellness Month’ in its London office. 
During this month the Company offers 
on-site classes and sessions for physical 
and mental health such as yoga, 
meditation and Zumba. It works in 
conjunction with a local gym to provide 
health checks and arranged free trial 
memberships for the London staff. 
On National Fitness Day run by 
Nuffield Health (who have a gym in 
the same building as Ebiquity’s London 
office), a team of five determined 
employees entered and won a 
corporate triathlon competition. 
This involved all five team members 
completing one-fifth of an Olympic 
triathlon. Each team member’s time 
was added together to have an overall 
team time and Ebiquity came first out 
of the seven teams competing.

Diversity

Ebiquity engaged a third party to carry 
out a diversity audit to help it 
understand any issues it may have in 
its aim to be an organisation that 
promotes diversity and equality. 
Subsequently, the HR team has set 
up a diversity group to encourage 
openness and equality. Sub-groups 
to look at how diversity impacts 
recruitment, working parents and 
work/life balance have been 
established. Acknowledging 
International Women’s Day in early 
2019, Ebiquity ran its own International 
Women’s Week with inspiring 
presentations from some of its leading 
women talking about their own career 
paths.

Communication

As a global organisation, 
communication with employees is key. 
It has always ensured regular 
communications through the 
Company’s intranet and other 
electronic communications, but during 
2018 it started having monthly ‘all 
hands’ virtual meetings. 

All Ebiquity’s employees worldwide are 
invited to participate in a web-based 
meeting whereby the CEO provides an 
update on the Company’s performance 
and then all employees are invited to 
submit questions on any aspect of the 
business. These are voted for by 
employees in real time and the most 
‘liked’ questions are put to the CEO 
and answered during the meeting. 
Questions can be submitted 
anonymously if desired and can come 
from anyone on any topic related to 
the business. This generates some good 
areas for discussion and helps the 
senior management team understand 
any areas of concern that may exist in 
the business.

Learning and development

The Company continues its programme 
of internal and external training. 
As well as the usual office skills, training 
included courses on presentation skills 
and management skills for new and 
established managers. For the first 
time, in 2018 the Company held a 
global event called ‘Activate’. A group 
of around 70 employees from all round 
the globe came together to discuss 
how the Company could ‘activate 
growth’. All areas of the business 
shared their thoughts on the strategy 
for the business, how the various 
practices could work together more 
and how this could generate growth. 
This is now an annual event which also 
works as a great networking event to 
get employees from all around the 
world working together.

Different offices around the world have 
different ways of encouraging learning. 
Our China offices have just started 
‘high tea and high thoughts’ sessions as 
a fun way to encourage learning and 
development.

51

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsFinancial statements

What’s in this section

This section includes our financial statements,  
notes and auditors’ report for the Group.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Independent auditors’ report 

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

Company statement of financial position 

Company statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the Company financial statements 

Advisers 

Shareholder information 

Glossary 

53

54

62

62

63

64

65

66

102

103

104

111

111

112

52

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStatement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the annual report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the 
European Union and Company financial 
statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ 
and applicable law). Under company 
law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and Company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group and Company for 
that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required 
to:

•  select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union 
have been followed for the Group 
financial statements and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101, have been 
followed for the Company financial 
statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and Company will continue in 
business.

The Directors are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group and Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the 
Group and Company and enable them 
to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations

The Directors consider that the annual 
report and financial statements, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group and Company’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

In the case of each Director in office at 
the date the Directors’ report is 
approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of 
which the Group and Company’s 
auditors are unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the Group and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that 
information. 

53

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report
to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion

In our opinion:

•  Ebiquity plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and 

fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of the Group’s loss and cash 
flows for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and 
applicable law); and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and financial statements (“the Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the consolidated and company statements of financial position as at 31 December 2018, the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash flows, and the consolidated and company statements 
of changes in equity for the year then ended, and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the 
significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

•  Overall Group materiality: £250,000 (2017: £547,000), based on 5% of profit before tax and 

highlighted items from continuing operations.

Materiality

•  Overall company materiality: £988,000 (2017: £1,027,000), based on 1% of total assets.

Audit
Scope

Key Audit
Matters

•  Nine reporting units were audited as full scope entities. These units were located in the UK, 

Germany, USA and Australia.

•  The USA entities in scope were visited and audited by the Group engagement team.

•  The components in Australia and Germany were audited by local audit teams.

•  Risk of impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (Group).

•  Accounting for contract revenue recognition (Group).

•  Accounting for discontinued operations (Group).

• 

Impairment of investments (Company).

54

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsThe scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether 
there was evidence of bias by the directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or 
not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we 
make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all 
risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Risk of impairment of goodwill  
and intangible assets (Group)

We focused on this area because management’s assessment 
of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets 
involves subjective assumptions about the future results of 
each of the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) of the Group.

The key assumptions applied by management were future 
revenue growth, cost estimates, long term growth rates and 
the discount rates applied as set out in Note 10 to the Group 
financial statements.

We focused on those CGUs we considered to carry more 
judgement  because of current year losses or historical 
underperformance against budget, or for which 
management’s impairment model resulted in impairment 
or low headroom. This has resulted in the Group’s China 
CGU and Stratigent CGU being subject to more sensitivity 
analysis. 

In relation to the Group’s China CGU an impairment of 
£2,607k was recognised which reduced the carrying value 
of goodwill to £2,242k. The Stratigent CGU (carrying value 
of goodwill £5,057k) was most sensitive to changes in key 
assumptions, the effect of which has been disclosed in 
Note 10 to the Group financial statements.

We have audited management’s future cash flow forecasts, 
which were prepared to a sufficiently detailed level, including 
comparing them to the latest Board approved budgets, 
testing the integrity of the underlying calculations and 
assessing how both internal  and external drivers of 
performance were incorporated into the projections.  
We also challenged the discount rates used by independently 
recalculating the cost of capital.

We compared the 2018 financial performance to budget 
and understood the reasons for the differences from the 
forecasts prepared for the impairment assessment in the 
prior year. We also performed sensitivity analysis over the key 
drivers of the cash flow forecasts, in particular the revenue 
growth, cost assumptions and discount rate. Having 
ascertained the extent of change in those assumptions that 
either individually or collectively would be required for the 
goodwill and intangible assets to be impaired, we considered 
the likelihood of such movement arising in those key 
assumptions and the impact on disclosures in the financial 
statements. 

The Value In Use (VIU) calculations for all CGUs resulted in 
material headroom with the exception of the China and 
Stratigent CGUs.

In respect of the China CGU, we have audited each of the 
assumptions that have been applied to the impairment 
model. In particular, we have challenged the discount rate 
and revenue growth assumptions that have been applied and 
conclude that the impairment charge that has been 
recognised is appropriate and has been disclosed accurately.

The Stratigent business under performed in 2018, suffering 
a decline in revenue and a change in senior management. 
A revised strategic plan has been developed and was 
approved by the Board when approving the annual 
impairment assessment. We have reviewed and understood 
the impact of the strategic plan on the 2019 forecast.

We have also examined the disclosures made in the 
financial statements and concluded that they are 
appropriate given the sensitivity of the Stratigent CGU 
to changes in assumptions.

55

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accounting for contract revenue recognition (Group)

The new standard IFRS 15 “Revenue from contracts with 
customers” was adopted by the Group from 1 January 2018.

Management performed an impact assessment of the 
implementation of IFRS 15 in December 2017 and concluded 
that the impact was not material. Under the existing 
accounting policy, revenue is recognised when the amounts 
can be reliability measured, which is considered to be when 
project milestones are reached.

Under IFRS 15, revenue can only be recognised when the 
Group has an enforceable right to be paid for work completed 
and the classification and measurement of revenue is largely 
unchanged following the adoption of IFRS 15.

Income is recognised in accordance with the stage of 
completion of the contract activity for the Media, 
Analytics&Tech businesses. The stage of completion is 
determined relative to the total number of hours expected 
to complete the work or provision of services.

Where recorded revenue exceeds amounts invoiced to clients, 
the excess is classified as contract asset and where recorded 
revenue is less than amounts invoiced to clients, the 
difference is classified as contract liability.

Careful consideration needs to be given to projects open at 
year end requiring significant judgement in respect of the 
stage of completion and the associated revenue and profit 
to be recognised.

The total amount of revenue and profit to be recognised 
under a contract can be affected by changes in conditions 
and circumstances over time, such as:

•  variations to the original contract terms;

•  cost overruns; and

•  scope changes that require further negotiation and 

settlement.

Variations can arise from changing client specifications, 
changes to the job based on unforeseen circumstances 
(e.g. macroeconomic factors), as well as from inefficiencies 
on the part of either party. There can be some uncertainties, 
therefore, in determining the amounts to be recovered from 
any additional work performed.

The risk is, therefore, that contract revenue is not recognised 
in the correct period or that revenue and associated profit is 
misstated.

We reviewed the assessment performed by management in 
respect of the adoption of IFRS 15 and agree that the impact 
is not material. The overall effect from adopting IFRS 15 is 
limited to the reclassification of balance sheet items as 
accrued and deferred revenue are required to be presented 
as “Contract assets” and “Contract liabilities” respectively.

We understood management’s policies and their controls 
for recording revenue.

We performed detailed end-to-end walkthroughs of the 
finance and operational processes, utilising our 
understanding from prior years to reassess the design 
effectiveness of the key internal controls and identify 
changes, if any.

We reviewed a sample of the terms and conditions 
attached to revenue contracts to understand the existence 
of the enforceable right to be paid for work and evaluated 
management’s judgements used to determine the timing 
of recognition of revenue.

We targeted a number of contracts to audit, including 
those with significant revenue recognised in the year or 
with significant contract assets and a further sample on 
a random basis.

To assess whether revenue and profit is accurately recorded, 
we tested the hours completed on a sample of contracts by 
obtaining an understanding from project managers as to the 
budgeted hours, challenging the assumptions, evaluating the 
outturn of previous estimates and agreeing the actual hours 
incurred post-year end to the forecast for the period.

We also assessed how the project managers determined that 
the stage of completion was correctly calculated by obtaining 
their calculations and agreeing the inputs to supporting 
evidence and correspondence with customers. We found that 
revenue was recorded appropriately.

To test the timing of contract revenue, we challenged 
management’s judgements on the completeness of work 
for our sample of contracts by checking original contracts, 
amendments to contracts, where applicable (e.g. due to 
agreed changes in scope), and checking that the contractual 
milestones had been reached.

No significant issues were noted from our work.

56

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We have audited management’s assessment of the assets 
and liabilities and result of the AdIntel business being 
disclosed as ‘held for sale’ and discontinued as at and for 
the year ended 31 December 2018. We conclude that the 
disclosure is appropriate and in accordance with IFRS 5. 

We tested management’s assessment of the fair value less 
costs to sell of the disposal group by reviewing the Sale and 
Purchase Agreement and concur with the £297k write down 
recorded against the disposal group as at 31 December 2018.

We audited management’s process to carve out the 
continuing and discontinued operations and the assets and 
liabilities held for sale. We have tested the adjustments that 
have been made to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the statement of cash flows and the 
prior year financial statements noting no items to report 
from our work.

Accounting for discontinued operations (Group)

On 13 February 2018, the Company announced that it 
had agreed to sell its AdIntel business to Nielsen Media 
Research Limited.

There were a number of conditions precedent that had to be 
met prior to completion of the transaction. These conditions 
had all been met by 31 December 2018 with completion being 
2 January 2019. There were no foreseeable events that would 
delay or prevent completion of the transaction within the 
next twelve months.

As a result, as of 31 December 2018 the assets and liabilities 
of the AdIntel business were accounted and disclosed as “held 
for sale” and the AdIntel business had met the definition of 
discontinued operations in accordance with the requirements 
of IFRS 5.

The treatment of the AdIntel business as “held for sale” and 
discontinued operations impacted the financial statements 
as follows:

•  reclassification of assets and liabilities related to the 

disposal Group to assets and liabilities held for sale as 
of 31 December 2018 including the specific impairment 
considerations;

•  separate presentation of discontinued operations in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income and 
consolidated statement of cash flows for 2018 and 
restatement of the prior year financial statements.

We focused on this area because the accounting for 
discontinued operations and as held for sale was considered 
a material to the financial statements.

Impairment of investments (Company)

We have reviewed investments for indicators of impairment.

The investment in subsidiary companies is a material 
balance within the Company balance sheet and there is risk 
of impairment if the carrying values are deemed to be in 
excess of the recoverable amount.

Where indicators of impairment exist, for example where the 
investment’s carrying value is in excess of its net assets we 
have obtained management’s impairment assessment.

We have audited management’s assumptions in the 
impairment assessment and we concur that no impairment 
is required as at 31 December 2018.

57

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The following matters are considered when determining the scope of the audit by component:

•  We identify components which are financially significant to the Group;

•  We identify components considered likely to include a significant risk of material misstatement to the Group financial 

statements;

•  We consider the findings from prior year audits and assess whether it would provide further insight to the Group to revisit 

certain territories to provide an update; and

•  We consider if there are any other components that contribute a significant amount to key income statement and balance 
sheet measures and ensure sufficient coverage of each material line item in the financial statements is obtained through 
components in scope.

We also considered locations visited and those out of scope in the prior three years. The scoping calculation is based upon 
obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial statement line item, which varies depending on the risk assessment.

The Group operates through subsidiaries in the US, Australia, China, UK, France, Germany and other European countries. 
There are four financially significant components being: Ebiquity plc, Ebiquity Associates Ltd, Advertising Intelligence Limited 
and Ebiquity Germany GmbH; for the purpose of obtaining required coverage over the Group balances, we have also included 
as full scope FirmDecisions Ltd and Ebiquity Russia Ltd (both incorporated in UK), Ebiquity Inc and Stratigent LLC (both 
incorporated in USA) and Ebiquity Pty Ltd (incorporated in Australia).

The scoping calculation is based upon obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial statement line item, which varies 
depending on the risk assessment.

The Group audit is performed in the UK by the same engagement leader and team as audited components incorporated in 
the UK; the German and Australia components have been audited by other network firms. As part of our audit procedures 
we have obtained access to the audit files of the components not directly audited by PwC UK and have reviewed the work 
performed. In the current year we visited the component in Australia and attended the clearance meetings with local 
management in person and attending the clearance meeting by conference call in Germany.

58

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsMateriality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Overall materiality

£250,000 (2017: £547,000).

£988,000 (2017: £1,027,000).

How we determined it

5% of profit before tax and highlighted 
items from continuing operations.

1% of total assets.

Rationale for benchmark applied

Based on the benchmarks used in the 
annual report, profit before tax and 
highlighted items is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the 
Group, and is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

Based on total assets as the entity 
holds all of the Group’s subsidiary 
investments and is not a profit 
generating entity.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. 
The range of materiality allocated across components was between £45,000 and £180,000. Certain components were audited 
to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £15,000 
(Group audit) (2017: £10,000) and £15,000 (Company audit) (2017: £10,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts 
that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

59

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Conclusions relating to going concern

ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when: 

•  the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; 

or 

•  the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant 

doubt about the Group’s and company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above matters.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern. For example, the terms on which the United Kingdom may withdraw from the 
European Union are not clear, and it is difficult to evaluate all of the potential implications on the Group’s trade, customers, 
suppliers and the wider economy. 

Reporting on other information 

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report 
based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also 
to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared 
in accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 53, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

60

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsAuditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurtance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Richard Porter  
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

15 April 2019

61

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsFinancial statements

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 20171

Before  Highlighted 
items 
(note 3) 
£’000 

highlighted 
items 
£’000 

Before  Highlighted 
items 
(note 3) 
£’000 

highlighted 
items 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Note 

2 

69,368 

(37,600) 

31,768 

(25,426) 

6,342 

25 

(1,176) 

(1,151) 

4 

6 

6 

— 

— 

— 

(7,695) 

(7,695) 

— 

— 

— 

69,368 

64,228 

(37,600) 

(32,602) 

31,768 

31,626 

(33,121) 

(22,634) 

(1,353) 

8,992 

25 

(1,176) 

(1,151) 

17 

(1,061) 

(1,044) 

— 

— 

— 

(5,214) 

(5,214) 

— 

— 

—  

Total 
£’000

64,228

(32,602)

31,626

27,848

3,778

17

(1,061)

(1,044)

5,191 

(7,695) 

(2,504) 

7,948 

(5,214) 

2,734

7 

(1,778) 

(207) 

(1,985) 

(2,417) 

664 

(1,753)

3,413 

(7,902) 

(4,489) 

5,531 

(4,550) 

981

8 

9 

9 

9 

9 

644 

4,057 

3,568 

489 

4,057 

(1,489) 

(9,391) 

(845) 

(5,334) 

2,554 

8,085 

(1,087) 

(5,637) 

(9,374) 

(5,806) 

(17) 

472 

7,522 

563 

(5,458) 

(179) 

(9,391) 

(5,334) 

8,085 

(5,637) 

(6.35)p 

(6.35)p 

(1.05)p 

(1.05)p 

1,467

2,448

2,064

384

2,448

0.73p

0.71p

1.92p

1.86p

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 

Operating profit/(loss)   

Finance income 

Finance expenses 

Net finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before taxation from  
continuing operations 

Taxation (charge)/credit –  
continuing operations 

Profit/(loss) for the year –  
continuing operations 

Net profit/(loss) from  
discontinued operations  

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share – continuing operations 

Basic 

Diluted 

Earnings per share – discontinued operations 

Basic 

Diluted 

1.  Prior year comparatives have been adjusted for discontinued operations.

The notes on pages 66 to 101 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense): 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 

Exchange differences on translation of overseas subsidiaries 

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

The notes on pages 66 to 101 are an integral part of these financial statements.

62

(5,334) 

2,448

267 

267 

(623)

(623)

(5,067) 

1,825

(5,539) 

472 

(5,067) 

1,441

384

1,825

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2018

Non‑current assets 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets   

Property, plant and equipment 

Deferred tax asset 

Total non‑current assets 

Current assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Assets held for sale 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Liabilities held for sale 

Accruals and contract liabilities 

Financial liabilities 

Current tax liabilities 

Provisions   

Deferred tax liability 

Total current liabilities 

Non‑current liabilities 

Financial liabilities 

Provisions   

Deferred tax liability 

Total non‑current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total net assets 

Equity 

Ordinary shares 

Share premium 

Other reserves 

Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to the owners of the parent 

Non‑controlling interests 

Total equity 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Note 

10 

11 

12 

21 

14 

15 

16 

17 

15 

18 

19 

20 

21 

19 

20 

21 

34,774 

8,477 

1,170 

979 

45,400 

59,317

13,123

1,829

1,502

75,771

29,408 

32,509

27,734 

8,793 

65,935 

111,335 

—

4,732

37,241

113,012

(7,510) 

(4,316) 

(7,401)

—

(10,640) 

(12,665)

(2,822) 

(1,358) 

(570) 

(323) 

(2,473)

(1,598)

—

(412)

(27,539) 

(24,549)

(34,934) 

(33,193)

(67) 

(393)

(1,281) 

(1,895)

(36,282) 

(35,481)

(63,821) 

(60,030)

47,514 

52,982

23 

19,778 

19,549

44 

5,144 

21,556 

44,522 

992 

47,514 

21

4,877

27,495

51,942

1,040

52,982

The notes on pages 66 to 101 are an integral part of these financial statements. The financial statements on pages 62 to 65 
were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 15 April 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Michael Karg, PhD 

Director   

15 April 2019 

Alan Newman

Director

15 April 2019 

63

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Note 

Ordinary 
shares 
£’000 

19,300 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserves1 
£’000 

Equity  
  attributable  
Retained  to owners of 
the parent 
earnings 
£’000 
£’000 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
£’000 

6,134 

25,860 

— 

2,064 

51,294 

2,064 

(623) 

— 

(623) 

761 

384 

— 

Total 
equity 
£’000

52,055

2,448

(623)

31 December 2016 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income  
for the year  

Shares issued for cash 

Shares issued to employees2 

Share options charge 

Deferred tax on share options 

Acquisition of  
non-controlling interest   

23 

3 

21 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

27 

Dividends paid to  
non-controlling interests 

31 December 2017 

(Loss)/profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive loss  
for the year  

Shares issued for cash 

Share options charge 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

Dividends paid to  
non-controlling interests 

31 December 2018 

23 

3 

27 

— 

— 

— 

99 

150 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

19,549 

— 

— 

— 

229 

— 

— 

— 

19,778 

— 

— 

— 

— 

21 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

21 

— 

— 

— 

23 

— 

— 

— 

44 

(623) 

2,064 

1,441 

384 

1,825

— 

(634) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

484 

729 

(61) 

120 

— 

729 

(61) 

(1,107) 

(1,107) 

(474) 

(474) 

— 

— 

4,877 

27,495 

51,942 

— 

267 

(5,806) 

(5,806) 

— 

267 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(105) 

1,040 

472 

— 

120

—

729

(61)

(1,107)

(474)

(105)

52,982

(5,334)

267

267 

(5,806) 

(5,539) 

472 

(5,067)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

394 

252 

394 

(527) 

(527) 

— 

— 

5,144 

21,556 

46,522 

— 

— 

— 

252

394

(527)

(520) 

992 

(520)

47,514

1.  Includes £3,667,000 (31 December 2017: £3,667,000) in the merger reserve; a debit balance of £1,478,000 (31 December 2017: £1,478,000) in 

the ESOP reserve; and a gain of £2,955,000 (31 December 2017: £2,688,000) recognised in the translation reserve. Refer to note 24 for further 
details. 

2.  A share-based payment reserve of £634,000 was created during the year ended 31 December 2016 and settled during the year ended  

31 December 2017. 

The notes on pages 66 to 101 are an integral part of these financial statements

64

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Cash flows from operating activities  

Cash generated from operations 

Finance expenses paid 

Finance income received  

Income taxes paid 

Net cash generated from operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities   

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired 

Payments to acquire non-controlling interest 

Payments in respect of contingent consideration 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Purchase of intangible assets 

Net cash used in investing activities   

Cash flows from financing activities   

Proceeds from issue of share capital (net of issue costs) 

Proceeds from bank borrowings 

Repayment of bank borrowings 

Bank loan fees paid 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Capital repayment of finance leases   

Net cash flow generated by financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdraft at beginning of year 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  

Group cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The notes on pages 66 to 101 form part of these financial statements.

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Note 

28 

29 

26 

26 

27 

16 

16 

7,631 

(1,093) 

25 

7,948

(938)

17

(1,952) 

(2,207)

4,611 

4,820

— 

— 

(858) 

(643) 

(1,141) 

(2,642) 

(176)

(1,107)

(1,799)

(642)

(1,589)

(5,313)

252 

160

2,000 

3,000

(1,250) 

(2,500)

(70) 

(527) 

(190) 

(4) 

211 

2,180 

4,325 

(91) 

6,414 

—

(474)

(21)

(5)

160

(333)

4,600

58

4,325

65

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2018

1. Accounting policies 
General information

Ebiquity plc (the ‘Company’) and its 
subsidiaries (together, the ‘Group’) 
provide independent data-driven 
insights to the global media and 
marketing community. The Group has 
18 offices.

The Company is a public limited 
company, which is listed on the London 
Stock Exchange’s AIM and is 
incorporated and domiciled in the UK. 
The address of its registered office is 
CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, 
London EC2Y 9AW.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting 
Standards, International Accounting 
Standards and IFRS IC Interpretations 
(collectively ‘IFRSs’) issued by the 
International Accounting Standards 
Board (‘IASB’) as adopted by European 
Union (‘Adopted IFRSs’) and with those 
parts of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies preparing their 
financial statements under Adopted 
IFRSs. The consolidated financial 
statements have been prepared on a 
going concern basis. The Group meets 
its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through its cash reserves 
and borrowings, described in note 19. 

The Group’s forecasts and projections, 
taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance, show 
that the Group should be able to 
operate within the level of its current 
cash reserves and borrowings, including 
continuing to meet the bank covenants 
therein. 

Credit approval has been obtained to 
defer the covenant assessment from 
December 2018 to January 2019 and to 
amend the interest cover covenant 
from January 2019. In light of this 
amendment, there are no concerns 
that the bank covenants will not be 
comfortably met.

66

The Group therefore continues to 
adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing its financial statements. 
The financial statements have been 
prepared under the historical cost 
convention, as modified by the 
revaluation of financial assets and 
financial liabilities at fair value through 
profit or loss. 

The consolidated financial statements 
are presented in pounds sterling and 
rounded to the nearest thousand.

The principal accounting policies 
adopted in these consolidated financial 
statements are set out below. These 
policies have been consistently applied 
to all periods presented, unless 
otherwise stated.

On 13 February 2018, the Group agreed 
to sell its Advertising Intelligence 
business to Nielsen Media Research 
Limited; the transaction was approved 
as at 31 December 2018. On 19 March 
2018, the Group entered into an 
agreement to sell the business assets 
of its Reputation division; completion 
took place on 31 March 2018. 
Collectively, these divisions formed the 
Intel segment. Accordingly, the results 
of this segment have been presented 
within discontinued operations in both 
the current and comparative year in the 
income statement. The assets and 
liabilities of the Advertising Intelligence 
business are reported as held for sale in 
the statement of financial position.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements 
incorporate the financial statements of 
the Company and entities controlled by 
the Company (its subsidiaries). Control 
is achieved where the Company has the 
power to govern the financial and 
operating policies of an investee entity 
so as to obtain benefits from its 
activities. The results of each subsidiary 
are included from the date that control 
is transferred to the Group until the 
date that control ceases.

Where necessary, adjustments are 
made to the financial statements of 
subsidiaries to bring the accounting 
policies used in line with those used by 
the Group. All intra-group transactions, 
balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests represent the 
portion of the results and net assets in 
subsidiaries that is not held by the 
Group.

Business combinations 
and goodwill

The Group applies the acquisition 
method to account for business 
combinations. The cost of the 
acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate of the fair values, at the 
date of exchange, of assets given, 
liabilities assumed, and equity 
instruments issued by the Group in 
exchange for control of the acquiree. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities are 
recognised initially at their fair value at 
the acquisition date. Goodwill is initially 
measured at cost, being the excess of 
the aggregate of the consideration 
transferred over the fair value of net 
identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed. The determination 
of the fair values of acquired assets 
and liabilities is based on judgement 
and the Directors have 12 months from 
the date of the business combination 
to finalise the allocation of the 
purchase price.

Goodwill is allocated to each of the 
Group’s cash-generating units 
expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination. Following initial 
recognition, goodwill is measured at 
cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually or 
whenever there is evidence that it may 
be required. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately in the income 
statement and is not subsequently 
reversed.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of 
the Group’s interest in an associate, 
being the excess of the cost of 
acquisition over the Group’s share of 
the fair values of the identifiable net 
assets of the associate, is included 
within the carrying amount of the 
investment. The non-controlling 
shareholders’ interest in the acquiree 
is initially measured at the 
non-controlling interest’s proportion 
of the net fair value of the assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities 
recognised.

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsWhere transactions with 
non-controlling parties do not result in 
a change in control, the difference 
between the fair value of the 
consideration paid or received and the 
amount by which the non-controlling 
interest is adjusted, is recognised in 
equity.

Where the consideration for the 
acquisition includes a contingent 
consideration arrangement, this is 
measured at fair value at the 
acquisition date. Any subsequent 
changes to the fair value of the 
contingent consideration are adjusted 
against the cost of the acquisition if 
they occur within the measurement 
period and only if the changes relate to 
conditions existing at the acquisition 
date. Any subsequent changes to the 
fair value of the contingent 
consideration after the measurement 
period are recognised in the income 
statement within administrative 
expenses as a highlighted item. 
The carrying value of contingent 
consideration at the statement of 
financial position date represents 
management’s best estimate of the 
future payment at that date, based on 
historical results and future forecasts.

All costs directly attributable to the 
business combination are expensed as 
incurred and recorded in the income 
statement within highlighted items.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from providing services is 
recognised in the accounting period in 
which the services are rendered. For 
fixed-price contracts, revenue is 
recognised based on the actual service 
provided to the end of the reporting 
period as a proportion of the total 
services to be provided because the 
customer receives and uses the 
benefits simultaneously. This is 
determined based on the actual labour 
hours spent relative to the total 
expected labour hours. 

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent 
of progress toward completion are 
revised if circumstances change. Any 
resulting increases or decreases in 
estimated revenues or costs are 
reflected in profit or loss in the period 
in which the circumstances that give 
rise to the revision become known by 
management.

In the case of fixed-price contracts, the 
customer pays the fixed amount based 
on a payment schedule. If the services 
rendered by the Company exceed the 
payment, a contract asset is 
recognised. If the payments exceed the 
services rendered, a contract liability is 
recognised.

Finance income and expenses

Finance income and expense represents 
interest receivable and payable. 
Finance income and expense is 
recognised on an accruals basis, based 
on the interest rate applicable to each 
bank or loan account.

Foreign currencies

For the purposes of the consolidated 
financial statements, the results and 
financial position of each Group 
company are expressed in pounds 
sterling, which is the functional 
currency of the Company, and the 
presentation currency for the 
consolidated financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements 
of the individual companies, 
transactions in currencies other than 
the entity’s functional currency (foreign 
currencies) are recorded at the rates of 
exchange prevailing on the dates of 
transactions. At each year-end date, 
monetary assets and liabilities that are 
denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the rates prevailing on 
the year-end date.

For the purpose of presenting 
consolidated financial statements,  
the assets and liabilities of the Group’s 
foreign operations are translated at 
exchange rates prevailing on the 
year-end date. Income and expense 
items are translated at the average 
exchange rate for the period, which 
approximates to the rate applicable  
at the dates of the transactions. 

The exchange differences arising from 
the retranslation of the year-end 
amounts of foreign subsidiaries and the 
difference on translation of the results 
of those subsidiaries into the 
presentational currency of the Group 
are recognised in the translation 
reserve. All other exchange differences 
are dealt with through the consolidated 
income statement.

Highlighted items

Highlighted items comprise non-cash 
charges and non-recurring items which 
are highlighted in the consolidated 
income statement as separate 
disclosure is considered by the Directors 
to be relevant in understanding the 
underlying performance of the 
business. The non-cash charges include 
share option charges and amortisation 
of purchased intangibles. 

The non-recurring items include the 
costs associated with potential 
acquisitions (where formal discussion  
is undertaken), completed acquisitions 
and their subsequent integration into 
the Group, adjustments to the 
estimates of contingent consideration 
on acquired entities, asset impairment 
charges, management restructuring 
and other significant one-off items. 
Costs associated with ongoing market 
landscaping, acquisition identification 
and early stage discussions with 
acquisition targets are reported in 
underlying administrative expenses. 

67

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

1. Accounting policies continued
Taxation

The tax expense included in the 
consolidated income statement 
comprises current and deferred tax. 
Current tax is the expected tax  
payable on the taxable income for  
the period, using tax rates enacted  
or substantively enacted by the 
year-end date.

The Group is subject to corporate taxes 
in a number of different jurisdictions 
and judgement is required in 
determining the appropriate provision 
for transactions where the ultimate tax 
determination is uncertain. In such 
circumstances, the Group recognises 
liabilities for anticipated taxes based 
on the best information available and 
where the anticipated liability is both 
probable and estimable. Where the 
final outcome of such matters differs 
from the amount recorded, any 
differences may impact the income tax 
and deferred tax provisions in the 
period in which the final determination 
is made.

Tax is recognised in the consolidated 
income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised 
directly in equity or other 
comprehensive income, in which case it 
is recognised in equity. 

Using the liability method, deferred tax 
is provided on all temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and their tax bases, 
except for differences arising on:

•  the initial recognition of goodwill;

•  the initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction which is not 
a business combination and at the 
time of the transaction affects 
neither accounting nor taxable 
profit; and

• 

investments in subsidiaries and 
jointly controlled entities where the 
Group is able to control the timing of 
the reversal of the difference and it 
is probable that the difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable 
future.

68

Recognition of deferred tax assets is 
restricted to those instances where it is 
probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the difference 
can be utilised. The recognition of 
deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
year-end date.

The amount of the asset or liability is 
determined using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the year-end date and are expected 
to apply when the deferred tax 
liabilities/assets are settled/recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
offset when the Group has a legally 
enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets and liabilities and the deferred 
tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes 
levied by the same tax authority on 
either:

•  the same taxable Group company; 

or

•  different Group entities which 

intend either to settle current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis, 
or to realise the assets and settle 
the liabilities simultaneously, in each 
future period in which significant 
amounts of deferred tax assets or 
liabilities are expected to be settled 
or recovered.

Taxation has been allocated to the 
discontinued operation by taking each 
element in turn and attributing the 
appropriate portion accordingly. This 
includes the allocation of adjustments 
to profit before tax to determine the 
profits chargeable to corporation tax 
and then applying the taxation charge 
from each jurisdiction respectively. For 
deferred taxation, each asset and 
liability was reviewed and the Intel 
related items were carved out from the 
Group items.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is 
stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised 
impairment loss.

Depreciation is charged so as to write 
off the cost of assets over their 
estimated useful economic lives. The 
rates applied are as follows:

Motor vehicles 

 25% per annum 
reducing balance

Fixtures, fittings  Five to 14 years 
 and equipment 
and equipment 
straight-line; or 25% 
per annum  
reducing balance

Computer  
equipment 

Two to four 
years straight-line

Leasehold land   Over the shorter 
of the life or the 
and buildings  
 estimated useful  
improvements 
life of the lease

Other intangible assets
Internally generated intangible assets 
– development expenditure

Internally generated intangible assets 
relate to bespoke computer software 
and technology developed by the 
Group’s internal software development 
team. During the year, the Group 
generated £1,084,000 of internally 
generated intangible assets  
(31 December 2017: £1,202,000).

An internally generated intangible 
asset arising from the Group’s 
development expenditure is recognised 
only if all of the following conditions are 
met:

• 

it is technically feasible to develop 
the asset so that it will be available 
for use or sale;

•  adequate resources are available to 
complete the development and to 
use or sell the asset;

•  there is an intention to complete the 

asset for use or sale;

•  the Group is able to use or sell the 

intangible asset;

• 

it is probable that the asset created 
will generate future economic 
benefits; and

•  the development cost of the asset 

can be measured reliably.

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsInternally generated intangible assets 
are amortised on a straight-line basis 
over their useful lives. Amortisation 
commences when the asset is available 
for use and useful lives range from one 
to five years. The amortisation expense 
is included within administrative 
expenses. Where an internally 
generated intangible asset cannot be 
recognised, development expenditure is 
recognised as an expense in the period 
in which it is incurred.

Purchased intangible assets

Externally acquired intangible assets 
are initially recognised at cost and 
subsequently amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful 
economic lives, which vary from three 
to 10 years. The amortisation expense 
is included as a highlighted item within 
the administrative expenses line in the 
income statement. 

Intangible assets recognised on 
business combinations are recorded at 
fair value at the acquisition date using 
appropriate valuation techniques 
where they are separable from the 
acquired entity or give rise to other 
contractual/legal rights. The significant 
intangibles recognised by the Group are 
customer relationships, which are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over 
a typical useful life of eight to 10 years.

Computer software

Purchased computer software 
intangible assets are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful lives, 
which vary from two to eight years.

Impairment

Assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are not subject to amortisation and 
are tested annually for impairment. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, 
goodwill is grouped at the lowest levels 
for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows, known as 
cash-generating units. If the 
recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit is less than the 
carrying amount of the unit, the 
impairment loss is allocated first to 
reduce the carrying amount of any 
goodwill allocated to the unit and then 
to the other assets of the unit pro-rata 
on the basis of the carrying amount of 
each asset in the unit.

Assets that are subject to amortisation 
or depreciation are reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. If any such condition 
exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to 
determine the extent, if any, of the 
impairment loss. Where the asset does 
not generate cash flows that are 
independent from other assets, 
estimates are made of the cash flows 
of the cash-generating unit to which 
the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of 
fair value, less costs to sell, and 
value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, 
estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate 
appropriate to the specific asset or 
cash-generating unit.

If the recoverable amount of an asset 
or cash-generating unit is estimated to 
be less than its carrying amount, the 
carrying value of the asset or 
cash-generating unit is reduced to its 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses 
are recognised immediately in 
highlighted items in the income 
statement. 

In respect of assets other than 
goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed 
if there has been a change in the 
estimates used to determine the 
recoverable amount. An impairment 
loss is reversed only to the extent that 
the asset’s carrying amount does not 
exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined, net of 
depreciation or amortisation, if the 
impairment loss had been recognised. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise 
cash in hand and short-term deposits. 
Cash and cash equivalents and bank 
overdrafts are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities 
are recognised in the Group’s 
statement of financial position when 
the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the 
instrument.

Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets 
as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and 
receivables are non-derivative financial 
assets with fixed or determinable 
payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They arise principally 
through the provision of goods and 
services to customers (trade 
receivables), but also incorporate other 
types of contractual monetary assets. 
They are initially recognised at fair 
value plus transaction costs that are 
directly attributable to their acquisition 
or issue, and are subsequently carried 
at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for 
impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised 
when there is objective evidence (such 
as significant financial difficulties on 
the part of the counterparty or default 
or significant delay in payment) that 
the Group will be unable to collect all of 
the amounts due, the amount of such a 
provision being the difference between 
the net carrying amount and the 
present value of the future expected 
cash flows associated with the 
impaired receivable. For trade 
receivables, which are reported net, 
such provisions are recorded in a 
separate allowance account with the 
loss being recognised within 
administrative expenses in the income 
statement. On confirmation that the 
trade receivable will not be collectable, 
the gross carrying value of the asset is 
written off against the associated 
provision.

Financial liabilities

Borrowings consisting of 
interest-bearing secured and unsecured 
loans and overdrafts are initially 
recognised at fair value net of directly 
attributable transaction costs incurred 
and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. The difference 
between the proceeds received net of 
transaction costs and the redemption 
amount is amortised over the period of 
the borrowings to which they relate. 
The revolving credit facility is 
considered to be a long-term loan.

Trade and other payables are initially 
recognised at their nominal value, 
which is usually the original invoiced 
amount. 

69

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

1. Accounting policies continued
Leases 

Where substantially all of the risks and 
rewards incidental to ownership of a 
leased asset have been transferred to 
the Group (a ‘finance lease’), the asset 
is treated as if it had been purchased 
outright. The amount initially 
recognised as an asset is the lower of 
the fair value of the leased property 
and the present value of the minimum 
lease payments payable over the term 
of the lease. The corresponding lease 
commitment is shown as a liability. 
Lease payments are analysed between 
capital and interest. The interest 
element is charged to the income 
statement over the period of the lease 
and is calculated so that it represents a 
constant proportion of the lease 
liability. The capital element reduces 
the balance owed to the lessor.

Where substantially all of the risks and 
rewards incidental to ownership are 
retained by the lessor (an ‘operating 
lease’), the total rentals payable under 
the lease are charged to the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term. The aggregate benefit 
of lease incentives is recognised as a 
reduction of the rental expense over 
the lease term on a straight-line basis. 
The land and buildings elements of 
property leases are considered 
separately for the purposes of lease 
classification.

Share capital

Equity instruments issued by the Group 
are recorded at the amount of the 
proceeds received, net of direct 
issuance costs.

Executive Share Option Plan 
(‘ESOP’)

As the Company is deemed to have 
control of its ESOP trust, it is treated 
as a subsidiary and consolidated for 
the purposes of the Group financial 
statements. The ESOP’s assets (other 
than investments in the Company’s 
shares), liabilities, income and expenses 
are included on a line-by-line basis in 
the Group financial statements. The 
ESOP’s investment in the Company’s 
shares is deducted from shareholders’ 
equity in the Group statement of 
financial position as if they were 
treasury shares.

70

Share‑based payments

Where equity-settled share options are 
awarded to employees, the fair value of 
the options at the date of grant is 
charged to the income statement over 
the vesting period with a corresponding 
increase recognised in retained 
earnings. Fair value is measured using 
an appropriate valuation model. 
Non-market vesting conditions are 
taken into account by adjusting the 
number of equity investments expected 
to vest at each year-end date so that, 
ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is 
based on the number of options that 
eventually vest. A charge is made 
irrespective of whether the market 
vesting conditions are satisfied. The 
cumulative expense is not adjusted for 
failure to achieve a market vesting 
condition.

Where there are modifications to 
share-based payments that are 
beneficial to the employee, then as well 
as continuing to recognise the original 
share-based payment charge, the 
incremental fair value of the modified 
share options as identified at the date 
of the modification is also charged to 
the income statement over the 
remaining vesting period. Where the 
Group cancels share options and 
identifies replacement options, this 
arrangement is also accounted for as a 
modification.

The grant by the Company of options 
over its equity instruments to the 
employees of subsidiary undertakings 
in the Group is treated as a capital 
contribution. The fair value of employee 
services received, measured by 
reference to the grant date fair value, is 
recognised over the vesting period as 
an increase to investment in subsidiary 
undertakings, with a corresponding 
credit to equity in the parent entity 
financial statements.

Provisions

Provisions, including provisions for 
onerous lease costs, are recognised 
when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of 
past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to 
settle that obligation and the amount 
can be reliably estimated. Provisions 
are not recognised for future operating 
losses.

Provisions are measured at the 
Directors’ best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the 
obligation at the year-end date. If the 
effect of the time value of money is 
material, provisions are determined by 
discounting the expected future cash 
flows at a pre-tax rate which reflects 
current market assessments of the 
time value of money and, where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the 
obligations.

Retirement benefits

For defined contribution pension 
schemes, the Group pays contributions 
to privately administered pension plans 
on a voluntary basis. The Group has no 
further payment obligations once the 
contributions have been paid. 
Contributions are charged to the 
income statement in the year to which 
they relate.

Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s 
shareholders is recognised as a liability 
in the Group’s financial statements in 
the period in which the dividends are 
approved by the Company’s 
shareholders.

Critical accounting estimates 
and judgements

In preparing the consolidated financial 
statements, the Directors have made 
certain estimates and judgements 
relating to the reporting of results of 
operations and the financial position of 
the Group. Actual results may 
significantly differ from those 
estimates, often as a result of the need 
to make assumptions about matters 
which are uncertain. The estimates and 
judgements discussed below are 
considered by the Directors to be those 
that have a critical accounting impact 
to the Group’s financial statements.

Critical accounting estimates include 
the terminal growth rate used in 
impairment assessments, inputs to 
share option accounting fair value 
models and amounts to capitalise as 
intangible assets. These estimates are 
reached with reference to historical 
experience, supporting detailed 
analysis and, in the case of impairment 
assessments and share option 
accounting, external economic factors. 

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsCritical accounting judgements include 
the treatment of events after the 
reporting period as adjusting or 
non-adjusting and the determination 
of segments for segmental reporting, 
based on the reports reviewed by the 
Executive Directors that are used to 
make strategic decisions. 
These judgements are determined at 
a Board level based on the status of 
strategic initiatives of the Group.

Carrying value of goodwill and other 
intangible assets

Impairment testing requires 
management to estimate the 
value-in-use of the cash-generating 
units to which goodwill and other 
intangible assets have been allocated. 
The value-in-use calculation requires 
estimation of future cash flows 
expected to arise from the 
cash-generating unit and the 
application of a suitable discount rate 
in order to calculate present value. 
The sensitivity around the selection of 
particular assumptions including 
growth forecasts and the pre-tax 
discount rate used in management’s 
cash flow projections could significantly 
affect the Group’s impairment 
evaluation and therefore the 
Group’s reported assets and results. 
Further details, including a sensitivity 
analysis, are included in notes 10 and 11 
to the consolidated financial 
statements.

Contingent consideration

The Group has recorded liabilities for 
contingent consideration on 
acquisitions made in the current and 
prior periods. The calculation of the 
contingent consideration liability 
requires judgements to be made 
regarding the forecast future 
performance of these businesses  
for the earn-out period. Any changes 
to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration after the measurement 
period are recognised in the income 
statement within administrative 
expenses as a highlighted item.

Taxation

The Group is subject to income taxes in 
all the territories in which it operates, 
and judgement and estimates of future 
profitability are required to determine 
the Group’s deferred tax position. If the 
final tax outcome is different to that 
assumed, resulting changes will be 
reflected in the income statement, 
unless the tax relates to an item 
charged to equity, in which case the 
changes in the tax estimates will also 
be reflected in equity. The Group 
believes that its accruals for tax 
liabilities are adequate for all open 
audit years based on its assessment of 
many factors including past experience 
and interpretations of tax law. This 
assessment relies on estimates and 
assumptions and may involve a series 
of complex judgements about future 
events. To the extent that the final tax 
outcome of these matters is different 
than the amounts recorded, such 
differences will impact income tax 
expense in the period in which such 
determination is made.

Provisions

The Group provides for certain costs of 
reorganisation that has occurred due 
to the Group’s acquisition and disposal 
activity. When the final amount 
payable is uncertain, these are 
classified as provisions. These 
provisions are based on the best 
estimates of management.

Adoption of new standards 
and interpretations

On 1 January 2018, the Group adopted 
the following amendments which are 
effective for accounting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

• 

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’.  
This standard addresses the 
classification, measurement and 
recognition of financial assets and 
financial liabilities. It replaces the 
guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the 
classification and measurement of 
financial instruments.  

IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the 
mixed measurement model and 
establishes three primary 
measurement categories for 
financial assets: amortised cost; fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income; and fair value through profit 
or loss. The basis of classification 
depends on the entity’s business 
model and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the financial asset. 
Investments in equity instruments 
are required to be measured at fair 
value through profit or loss with the 
irrevocable option at inception to 
present changes in fair value in other 
comprehensive income, not recycling. 
An expected credit losses model 
replaces the incurred loss impairment 
model used in IAS 39. For financial 
liabilities, there are no changes to 
classification and measurement, 
except for the recognition of changes 
in own credit risk in other 
comprehensive income, for liabilities 
designated at fair value through 
profit or loss. IFRS 9 relaxes the 
requirements for hedge effectiveness 
by replacing the bright-line hedge 
effectiveness tests. To qualify for 
hedge accounting, it requires an 
economic relationship between the 
hedged item and hedging 
instrument, and for the ‘hedged 
ratio’ to be the same as the one that 
management actually uses for risk 
management purposes. 
Contemporaneous documentation 
is still required, but it is different 
from that currently prepared under 
IAS 39. There is an accounting policy 
choice to continue to account for all 
hedges under IAS 39. IFRS 9 is 
effective for accounting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018. 
The classification and measurement 
basis for the Group’s financial assets 
and liabilities is largely unchanged by 
the adoption of IFRS 9. No material 
impact on profit for future periods is 
expected. 

71

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

  Although the detailed impact has 

not yet been quantified, 
management expects that the 
adoption of IFRS 16 will impact the 
accounting for those leases currently 
classified as operating leases. 
The Group will apply IFRS 16 from 
1 January 2019 and the quantitative 
impact will be included in the 
Group’s 2019 interim results 
announcement.

Management assessed the likelihood 
of contract cancellation mid-flight, 
noting minimal instances of this 
occurring in prior periods. 
The classification and measurement 
of revenue is largely unchanged 
following the adoption of IFRS 15. 
No material impact on profit for 
future periods is expected.

The following new standard has been 
published that is mandatory to the 
Group’s future accounting periods but 
has not been adopted early in these 
financial statements.

• 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (effective on or 
after 1 January 2019). This standard 
replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ and related 
interpretations and sets out the 
principles for the recognition, 
measurement, presentation and 
disclosure of leases for both the 
lessee and the lessor. The standard 
addresses the definition of a lease, 
recognition and measurement of 
leases, and it establishes principles 
for reporting useful information to 
users of financial statements about 
the leasing activities of both lessees 
and lessors. A key change arising 
from IFRS 16 is that most operating 
leases will be accounted for on 
balance sheet for lessees. In future 
periods, the operating lease charge 
would be replaced by a depreciation 
charge that, whilst lower over the 
life of the lease than the current 
operating lease charge, is not 
expected to be materially different. 
The Directors are in the process of 
reviewing contracts to identify any 
additional lease arrangements that 
would need to be recognised under 
IFRS 16. IFRS 16 eliminates the two 
lease classifications that IAS 17 has 
(operating and finance leases) for 
the lessee, and instead all leases will 
have the same classification. 
Management are assessing the 
impact on the Group of IFRS 16.

1. Accounting policies continued
Adoption of new standards and 
interpretations continued

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers’. This standard 
deals with revenue recognition and 
establishes principles for reporting 
useful information to users of 
financial statements about the 
nature, amount, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash 
flows arising from an entity’s 
contracts with customers. Revenue 
is recognised when a customer 
obtains control of a good or service 
and thus has the ability to direct the 
use and obtain the benefits from 
the good or service. Variable 
consideration is included in the 
transaction price if it is highly 
probable that there will be no 
significant reversal of the 
cumulative revenue recognised when 
the uncertainty is resolved. 
The standard replaces IAS 18 
‘Revenue’, and IAS 11 ‘Construction 
Contracts’, and related 
interpretations. The standard is 
effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after  
1 January 2018, and earlier 
application is permitted. The Group 
implemented IFRS 15 on 
1 January 2018 and has carried out 
a review of existing contractual 
arrangements as part of this 
process. The Directors concluded 
there will be no material impact for 
the Media and Analytics & Tech 
revenue streams, based on the 
outputs of the contract review in the 
context of IFRS 15’s five-step 
revenue recognition model. 
Under the existing accounting policy, 
revenue is recognised when the 
amounts can be reliability measured, 
which is considered to be when 
project milestones are reached. 
Under IFRS 15, revenue can only  
be recognised when the Group  
has an enforceable right to be  
paid for work completed. 

• 

72

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements2. Segmental reporting

In accordance with IFRS 8, the Group’s operating segments are based on the reports reviewed by the Executive Directors that are 
used to make strategic decisions.

Certain operating segments have been aggregated to form three reportable segments: Media, Analytics & Tech and 
Discontinued operations:

•  Media includes our Media Performance, Media Management and Contract Compliance services;

•  Analytics & Tech consists of our Advanced Analytics, MarTech and AdTech services; and

•  Discontinued operations comprise Intel, the advertising monitoring service and the Reputation management and research 

services.

The Executive Directors are the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. They assess the performance of the operating segments 
based on operating profit before highlighted items. This measurement basis excludes the effects of non-recurring expenditure from 
the operating segments such as restructuring costs and purchased intangible amortisation. The measure also excludes the effects 
of equity-settled share-based payments. Interest income and expenditure are not allocated to segments, as this type of activity is 
driven by the central treasury function, which manages the cash position of the Group.

The segment information provided to the Executive Directors for the reportable segments for the year ended 31 December 2018 is 
as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018

  Analytics & 
Tech 
£’000 

Media 
£’000 

Reportable  

segments  Unallocated 
£’000 

£’000 

  Discontinued 
operations 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before highlighted items 

Total assets 

54,179 

12,073 

60,832 

15,189 

1,401 

14,176 

69,368 

13,474 

75,008 

— 

20,260 

89,628

(7,129) 

8,593 

988 

7,333

27,734 

111,335

Unsatisfied long-term contracts

The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations results from long-term contracts:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December
20171
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to long-term  
contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 2018 

2,152 

—

1.  As permitted under the transitional provisions in IFRS 15, the transactional price allocated to (partially) unsatisfied performance obligations 

as of 31 December 2017 is not disclosed.

It is expected that 68% of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied contracts as of 31 December 2018 will be recognised 
during the next reporting period; the remaining 32% will be recognised in the 2020 financial year.

Significant changes in contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets have reduced from £8,706,000 to £8,003,000 and contract liabilities have reduced from £7,105,000 to 
£3,979,000 due to the carve out of the Ad Intel balances from the Group.

Year ended 31 December 2017

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before highlighted items 

Total assets 

Media 
£’000 

54,482 

14,037 

58,334 

Analytics & 
Tech 
£’000 

12,746 

1,646 

13,547 

Reportable  

segments  Unallocated 
£’000 

£’000 

  Discontinued 
operations 
£’000 

64,228 

15,683 

71,881 

— 

(6,691) 

7,416 

23,146 

3,034 

33,715 

Total 
£’000

87,374

12,026

113,012

73

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

2. Segmental reporting continued

A reconciliation of segment operating profit before highlighted items to total profit before tax is provided below:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Reportable segment operating profit before highlighted items   

13,474 

15,683

Unallocated costs1: 

Staff costs  

Property costs 

Exchange rate movements 

Other administrative expenses 

Operating profit before highlighted items 

Highlighted items (note 3) 

Operating (loss)/profit   

Net finance costs 

(Loss)/profit before tax  

1.  Unallocated costs comprise central costs that are not considered attributable to the segments.

A reconciliation of segment total assets to total consolidated assets is provided below:

Total assets for reportable segments 

Unallocated amounts: 

Property, plant and equipment 

Other intangible assets   

Other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Deferred tax asset 

Total assets 

The table below presents revenue and non-current assets by geographical location:

(4,794) 

(5,770)

(322) 

121 

(2,137) 

6,342 

(7,695) 

(1,353) 

(322)

65

(664)

8,992

(5,214)

3,778

(1,151) 

(1,044)

(2,504) 

2,734

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

102,742 

105,596

448 

815 

1,654 

5,034 

642 

1,153

1,574

1,953

2,056

680

111,335 

113,012

United Kingdom 

Rest of Europe 

North America 

Rest of world 

Deferred tax assets 

Total 

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 2017

Revenue by 
location of  Non‑current 
assets 
customers 
£’000 
£’000 

Revenue by 
location of  Non-current 
assets 
customers 
£’000
£’000 

26,009 

44,078 

33,113 

18,345 

12,161 

89,628 

— 

9,221 

6,820 

12,116 

72,235 

1,019 

26,050 

31,452 

18,680 

11,192 

87,374 

— 

89,628 

73,254 

87,374 

45,611

9,654

6,591

12,413

74,269

1,502

75,771

No single customer (or group of related customers) contributes 10% or more of revenue.

74

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Highlighted items

Highlighted items comprise items which are highlighted in the income statement because separate disclosure is considered 
relevant in understanding the underlying performance of the business.

Administrative expenses 

Share option (credit)/charge 

Amortisation of purchased intangibles 

Impairment of goodwill   

Severance and reorganisation costs   

Acquisition, integration and strategic costs 

Total highlighted items before tax 

Taxation (credit)/charge  

Total highlighted items after tax –  
continuing operations 

Highlighted items – discontinued operations 

Total highlighted items   

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 2017

Cash 
£’000 

Non‑cash 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Cash 
£’000 

Non-cash 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

(127) 

— 

— 

826 

2,050 

2,749 

(242) 

2,507 

982 

3,489 

350 

1,240 

2,607 

331 

419 

4,947 

448 

5,395 

507 

5,902 

223 

1,240 

2,607 

1,157 

2,469 

7,696 

206 

7,902 

1,489 

9,391 

5 

— 

— 

1,992 

1,313 

3,310 

(394) 

2,916 

335 

3,251 

573 

1,231 

— 

313 

(213) 

1,904 

(271) 

1,633 

753 

2,386 

578

1,231

—

2,305

1,100

5,214

(665)

4,549

1,088

5,637

Amortisation of purchased intangibles relates to acquisitions made in the current financial year of £nil and to acquisitions made 
in prior years of £1,240,000 (31 December 2017: £28,000 in the current financial year and £1,203,000 in prior years). Separate 
disclosure is considered relevant because amortisation of purchased intangibles has no correlation to underlying profitability of 
the Group.

In the current year, a non-cash IFRS 2 charge of £350,000 (31 December 2017: £573,000) was recorded. Separate disclosure is 
considered relevant to isolate charges and credits which are subject to volatility as a result of non-trading factors.

Impairment of goodwill of £2,607,000 is in relation to the impairment of goodwill held in China. The impairment was 
determined by the excess of the carrying value of goodwill in relation to China over and above the calculated value-in-use. 

Total severance and reorganisation costs of £1,157,000 (31 December 2017: £2,305,000) were recognised during the year, 
primarily consisting of £1,017,000 in relation to severances in the UK, France, Germany, the US and Spain as part of 
management restructuring in those countries. The remaining £140,000 costs incurred were in relation to senior management 
recruitment. Separate disclosure is considered relevant as these charges are non-recurring and not reflective of the underlying 
operating costs of the business.

Total acquisition, integration and strategic costs of £2,469,000 (31 December 2017: £1,100,000) were recognised during the 
year, primarily consisting of £2,005,000 in relation to costs associated with the sale of the Ad Intel business (refer to note 33 for 
further detail); £324,000 for onerous lease provisions for properties in Hamburg and Sydney on there being vacant space on the 
Intel staff relocating, £94,000 in relation to earn-out costs associated with the Digital Balance Australia Pty Ltd and the 
Ebiquity Marsh Limited acquisitions and other contingent consideration adjustments, net of foreign exchange differences; 
£25,000 in relation to financial restructuring costs and £21,000 costs relating to prior year acquisitions. Separate disclosure is 
considered relevant as these charges are non-recurring and not reflective of the underlying operating costs of the business.

Current tax arising on the highlighted items is included as a cash item, while deferred tax on highlighted items is included as a 
non-cash item. Refer to note 7 for more detail.

Highlighted items on discontinued operations comprise a share option charge of £19,000, amortisation of purchased intangibles 
of £617,000, costs in relation to the sale of the Ad Intel business of £1,172,000, severance costs of £71,000, a profit on disposal 
of the Reputation business of £34,000 and a current tax credit of £356,000.

As at 31 December 2018, £1,043,000 of the £2,749,000 cash highlighted items had been settled (31 December 2017: £2,860,000 
of the £3,711,000 cash highlighted items had been settled).

75

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

4. Operating profit after highlighted items

Operating profit after highlighted items is stated after charging/(crediting):

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Operating lease rentals   

– other 

– land and buildings 

Depreciation and amortisation (notes 11 and 12) 

Impairment (note 10) 

Loss on disposal of fixed assets 

Research costs – expensed 

Foreign exchange gain 

134 

2,328 

2,785 

2,607 

17 

542 

(103) 

38

1,603

2,681

—

51

991

(285)

Operating lease rentals – land and buildings includes a credit of £nil in respect of a lease amendment incentive (31 December 
2017: £406,000).

Auditors’ remuneration

During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group’s auditors at 
costs as detailed below:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the parent  
company and consolidated financial statements 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services: 

– other audit-related assurance services 

– other assurance services 

– tax compliance services 

250 

230

30 

2 

28 

310 

27

16

30

303

76

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Employee information

The monthly average number of employees employed by the Group during the year, including Executive Directors, was as 
follows:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
Number

2018 
Number 

Media  

Analytics & Tech 

IT development and support 

Administration 

Directors 

Number of employees employed by continuing operations 

Number of employees employed by discontinued operations 

335 

110 

31 

94 

8 

578 

348 

926 

340

103

29

86

8

566

366

932

At 31 December 2018, the total number of employees of the Group employed by continuing operations was 574 (31 December 
2017: 564), including discontinued operations this was 905 (31 December 2017: 917).

Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consist of:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs 

Share options charge (note 25) 

Total staff costs from continuing operations 

Staff costs from discontinued operations 

Total staff costs 

Directors’ remuneration

37,135 

3,632 

780 

394 

41,941 

10,160 

52,101 

30,963

5,018

829

740

37,550

9,546

47,096

Total Directors’ remuneration was £1,432,000, including £416,000 to the highest paid Director (31 December 2017: £1,339,000 
including £427,000 to the highest paid Director). Directors are eligible for cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary, 
dependent on individual and Company performance against established financial targets. No performance bonuses were paid 
during the year (31 December 2017: £nil). A retention bonus was payable to a director amounting to £152,000 (31 December 
2017: £nil).

No Directors were a member of a Company pension scheme as at 31 December 2018 (31 December 2017: none). Contributions 
totalling £32,000 (31 December 2017: £26,000) were made to Directors’ private pension schemes during the year, including 
£25,000 to the highest paid Director (31 December 2017: £14,000).

One Director exercised a total of 40,295 share options during the year (31 December 2017: nil). The highest paid Director 
exercised no share options (31 December 2017: nil).

During the year 1,650,000 (31 December 2017: nil) share options were granted to Directors under the Group’s Executive 
Incentive Plan scheme. Vesting is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance criteria (see note 25 for further details).

Further details on Directors’ remuneration can be found in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 44 to 46.

77

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

6. Finance income and expenses

Finance income 

Bank interest 

Finance income 

Finance expenses 

Bank loans and overdraft interest 

Loan fee amortisation 

Finance lease interest 

Finance expenses 

7. Taxation charge/(credit)

UK tax 

Current year 

Adjustment in respect of prior year 

Foreign tax 

Current year 

Adjustment in respect of prior year 

Total current tax 

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of  
temporary differences (note 21) 

Adjustment in respect of prior year 

Total tax charge/(credit) 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

25 

25 

(1,116) 

(60) 

— 

17

17

(941)

(118)

(2)

(1,176) 

(1,061)

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 2017

Before 

highlighted  Highlighted 
items 
£’000 

items 
£’000 

Before 

Total 
£’000 

highlighted  Highlighted 
items 
£’000 

items 
£’000 

795 

148 

943 

806 

170 

976 

1,919 

86 

(227) 

1,778 

(148) 

— 

(148) 

(94) 

— 

(94) 

(242) 

449 

— 

207 

647 

148 

795 

712 

170 

882 

1,677 

362 

(65) 

297 

1,756 

(71) 

1,685 

1,982 

535 

(227) 

1,985 

435 

— 

2,417 

Total 
£’000

289

(65)

224

(73) 

— 

(73) 

(320) 

1,436

— 

(320) 

(393) 

(271) 

— 

(664) 

(71)

1,365

1,589

164

— 

1,753

The difference between tax as charged in the financial statements and tax at the nominal rate is explained below:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Profit before tax 

Corporation tax at 19.00% (31 December 2017: 19.25%) 

Non-deductible taxable expenses 

Overseas tax rate differential 

Overseas losses not recognised 

Adjustment in respect of prior years   

Total tax charge 

(2,501) 

2,734

(475) 

1,602 

204 

563 

91 

1,985 

526

967

86

310

(136)

1,753

Reductions in the UK corporation tax rate to 19% (effective from 1 April 2017) and to 18% (effective 1 April 2020) were 
substantively enacted on 26 October 2015. Further reductions to 17% (effective 1 April 2020) were substantively enacted on 
6 September 2016. As these changes have been substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, their effects 
are included in these financial statements.

78

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Discontinued operations

As of the statement of financial position date, the disposal of the Ad Intel business was anticipated to complete in 
January 2019. The Board, therefore, considered this business to be an asset held for sale and would represent a complete 
withdrawal from this service line for the Group. Accordingly, this division is reported within discontinued operations in the 
2018 financial statements. The prior year results have been restated so that the results of this division for the year ended 
31 December 2017 have also been reported as discontinued operations, for ease of comparison.

On 19 March 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to sell the business assets of its Reputation division to Echo Research 
Holdings Limited. Completion took place on 31 March 2018. Accordingly, this division is reported within discontinued operations 
in the 2018 financial statements, with comparatives restated accordingly.

The table below summarises the income statement for the discontinued business units for both the current and the prior year:

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 2017

Intel 
£’000 

Reputation 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

186 

20,260 

Intel 
£’000 

21,861 

Reputation 
£’000 

1,285 

Total 
£’000

23,146

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 

Impairment of asset held for sale 

Operating profit 

Highlighted items 

(Loss)/profit before tax   

Tax 

Net result from discontinued operations 

20,074 

(11,999) 

8,075 

(6,681) 

(297) 

1,097 

(1,879) 

(782) 

12 

(770) 

(203) 

(12,202) 

(12,162) 

(1,003) 

(13,165)

(17) 

(92) 

— 

(109) 

34 

(75) 

— 

(75) 

8,058 

9,699 

(6,773) 

(6,474) 

(297) 

988 

— 

3,225 

(1,845) 

(1,277) 

(857) 

12 

(845) 

1,948 

(290) 

1,658 

282 

(473) 

— 

(191) 

— 

(191) 

— 

(191) 

9,981

(6,947)

—

3,034

(1,277)

1,757

(290

1,467

Below is a table summarising the cash flows from discontinued operations:

Cash generated from operations – continuing operations 

Cash generated from operations – discontinued operations 

Total cash generated from operations 

Cash used in investment activities – continuing operations 

Cash used in investment activities – discontinued operations 

Total cash used in investment activities 

Cash generated by financing activities – continuing operations   

Cash generated by financing activities – discontinued operations 

Total cash generated by financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents – continuing operations 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents – discontinued operations 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

1,999 

2,612 

4,611 

3,368

1,452

4,820

(2,461) 

(4,826)

(181) 

(487)

(2,642) 

(5,313)

211 

— 

211 

160

—

160

(251) 

(1,298)

2,431 

2,180 

965

(333)

79

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

9. Earnings per share

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings for the purpose of basic earnings  
per share being net profit  attributable to equity  
holders of the parent 

Adjustments: 

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 2017

  Continuing  Discontinued 
£’000 

£’000 

Total  Continuing  Discontinued 
£’000 
£’000 

£’000 

Total 
£’000

(4,985) 

(822) 

(5,806) 

572 

1,492 

2,064

Impact of highlighted items (net of tax)1 

7,887 

1,485 

9,371 

4,379 

1,079 

5,458

Earnings for the purpose of underlying  
earnings per share 

Number of shares: 

Weighted average number of  
shares during the year 

– basic 

2,902 

663 

3,565 

4,951 

2,571 

7,522

  78,557,977  78,557,977  78,557,977 

77,876,427 

77,876,427  77,876,427

– dilutive effect of share options 

4,176,597 

4,176,597 

4,176,597 

2,499,656 

2,499,656 

2,499,656

– diluted 

Basic earnings per share  

Diluted earnings per share 

Underlying basic earnings per share 

Underlying diluted earnings per share  

  82,734,574  82,734,574  82,734,574  80,376,083  80,376,083  80,376,083

(6.35)p 

(6.35)p 

3.70p  

3.51p 

(1.05)p 

(1.05)p 

0.84p 

0.80p 

(7.40)p 

(7.40)p 

4.54p 

4.31p 

0.73 

0.71 

6.36 

6.16 

1.92 

1.86 

3.30 

3.20 

2.65p

2.57p

9.66p

9.36p

1.  Highlighted items attributable to equity holders of the parent (see note 3), stated net of their total tax impact.

10. Goodwill

Cost 

At 1 January 2017 

Additions1   

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2017 

Additions2   

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset3 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2018 

Accumulated impairment 

At 1 January 2017 

At 31 December 2017 

Impairment4 

At 31 December 2018 

Net book value 

At 31 December 2018 

At 31 December 2017 

£’000

61,174

1,552

(280)

62,446

140

(22,299)

223

40,510

(3,129)

(3,129)

(2,607)

(5,736)

34,774

59,317

1.  £1,552,000 of goodwill was recognised following the acquisition of Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited. Refer to note 29 for more details. 

2.  £140,000 of goodwill was recognised following the revaluation of contingent consideration payable for the acquisition of Digital Balance 

Australia Pty Limited. 

3.  Goodwill in relation to the Intel segment of £22,299,000 has been reclassified to assets held for sale in the statement of financial position. 

Refer to note 15 for more details.

4.  An impairment of £2,607,000 was recognised in relation to goodwill held in China Media (Shanghai) Management Consulting Company 

Limited so that the carrying value was adjusted to be in line with the value-in-use.

80

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill has been allocated to the following segments:

Media  

Intel 

Analytics & Tech 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

26,294 

—1 

8,480 

34,774 

28,957

22,299

8,061

59,317

1.  Goodwill in relation to the Intel segment of £22,299,000 has been reclassified to assets held for sale in the statement of financial position. 

Refer to note 15 for more details.

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be potentially 
impaired. Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) in order to carry out impairment tests. The 
Group’s remaining carrying value of goodwill by CGU at 31 December was as follows: 

Cash-generating unit 

Reporting segment 

Advertising UK/US/International 

Media UK and International 

Analytics USA 

China 

Media Germany 

Media Value Group 

FirmDecisions 

Media Australia 

Advertising Germany 

Effectiveness 

Digital Balance1 

Advertising Australia 

Media America 

Media France 

Media Italy  

Russia 

Intel 

Media  

Analytics & Tech 

Media  

Media  

Media/Analytics & Tech 

Media  

Media  

Intel 

Analytics & Tech 

Analytics & Tech 

Intel 

Media  

Media  

Media  

Media  

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

— 

9,263 

5,057 

2,242 

4,327 

3,197 

2,981 

2,369 

— 

1,678 

1,745 

— 

604 

572 

402 

337 

19,114

9,265

4,774

4,839

4,325

3,162

2,981

2,478

2,429

1,678

1,609

756

604

569

397

337

34,774 

59,317

The impairment test involves comparing the carrying value of the CGU to which the goodwill has been allocated to the 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined based on value-in-use calculations.

Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for goodwill when the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, defined 
as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. An impairment of £2,607,000 of goodwill was recognised in the 
year ended 31 December 2018 in relation to China (year ended 31 December 2017: £nil); this was determined with reference to 
the calculated value in use of the China CGU of £3,265,000 compared to the carrying value of goodwill of £5,872,000.

81

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

10. Goodwill continued
Value‑in‑use calculations

The key assumptions used in management’s value-in-use calculations are budgeted operating profit, pre-tax discount rate and 
the long-term growth rate. 

Budgeted operating profit assumptions

To calculate future expected cash flows, management has taken the Board-approved budgeted operating profit (‘EBIT’) for 
each of the CGUs for the 2019 financial year. 

For the 2020 and 2021 financial years, the forecast EBIT is as per management and market expectations. The forecast 2021 
balances are taken to perpetuity in the model. The forecast for 2020 and 2021 uses certain assumptions to forecast revenue and 
operating costs within the Group’s operating segments beyond the 2019 budget.

Discount rate assumptions

The Directors estimate discount rates using rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and risk 
specific to the CGUs. The three-year pre-tax cash flow forecasts have been discounted at between 7.0% and 12.1%  
(31 December 2017: between 7.0% and 11.0%).

Growth rate assumptions

Cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated at a rate of 2.25% (31 December 2017: 2.25%), which does not exceed 
the long-term average growth rate in any of the markets in which the Group operates.

The excess of the value-in-use to the goodwill carrying values for each CGU gives the level of headroom in each CGU. 
The estimated recoverable amounts of the Group’s operations in all CGUs significantly exceed their carrying values, with the 
exception of China and Analytics USA.

Sensitivity analysis

The Group’s calculations of value-in-use for its respective CGUs are sensitive to a number of key assumptions. Other than 
disclosed below, management does not consider a reasonable possible change, in isolation, of any of the key assumptions to 
cause the carrying value of any CGU to exceed its value-in-use. The considerations underpinning why management believes no 
impairment is required in respect of Analytics USA are as follows, specifically what change in key assumptions would result in an 
impairment:

Budgeted revenue growth 

Budgeted cost growth 

Pre-tax discount rate 

Analytics USA

Current % 

20.0 

10/19 

11.0 

% change leading 
to impairment1

(0.3) to 19.7

0.3 to 10.3/19.3

0.3 to 11.3

1.  These changes have been applied to 2020 and 2021 projected information.

An impairment of £2,607,000 was recognised in relation to goodwill held in China Media (Shanghai) Management Consulting 
Company Limited so that the carrying value was adjusted to be in line with the value-in-use. No further sensitivities have been 
calculated.

82

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2017 

Additions2   

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2017 

Additions 

Reallocation 

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2018 

Amortisation and impairment3 

At 1 January 2017 

Charge for the year4 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2017 

Charge for the year – continuing operations4 

Charge for the year – discontinued operations 

Impairment 

Reallocation 

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2018 

Net book value 

At 31 December 20185 

At 31 December 2017 

  Capitalised 
  development 
costs 
£’000 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Purchased 
intangible 
assets1 
£’000 

Total 
intangible 
assets 
£’000

4,344 

1,202 

(16) 

5,530 

1,084 

29 

3,051 

24,938 

412 

9 

420 

(25) 

32,333

2,034

(32)

3,472 

25,333 

34,335

57 

17 

— 

— 

1,141

46

(3,361) 

(894) 

(7,543) 

(11,798)

(24) 

23 

91 

90

3,258 

2,675 

17,881 

23,814

(1,376) 

(573) 

— 

(1,517) 

(15,406) 

(18,299)

(370) 

(1,952) 

(2,895)

(9) 

(9) 

(18)

(1,949) 

(1,896) 

(17,367) 

(21,212)

(326) 

(590) 

(125) 

— 

1,726 

6 

(428) 

(85) 

— 

(46) 

894 

(45) 

(1,240) 

(617) 

— 

— 

6,801 

(50) 

(1,994)

(1,292)

(125)

(46)

9,421

(89)

(1,258) 

(1,606) 

(12,473) 

(15,337)

2,000 

3,581 

1,069 

1,576 

5,408 

7,966 

8,477

13,123

1.  Purchased intangible assets consist principally of customer relationships with a typical useful life of eight to 10 years.

2.  Customer relationships of £420,000 were recognised during the year ended 31 December 2017 as part of the acquisition of Digital Balance Pty 

Limited.

3.  No impairment charge is required for the year ended 31 December 2018 (year ended 31 December 2017: £nil) following management’s review 

of the carrying value of other intangible assets.

4.  Amortisation of £1,240,000 (year ended 31 December 2017: £1,952,000) is charged within administrative expenses so as to write off the cost 

of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. The amortisation of purchased intangible assets is included as a highlighted 
administrative expense.

5.  Of the net book value of capitalised development costs, £1,212,000 remains in development at 31 December 2018.

83

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 31 December 2016 

Additions 

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2017 

Additions 

Allocation   

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2018 

Accumulated depreciation 

At 31 December 2016 

Charge for the year 

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2017 

Charge for the year – continuing operations 

Charge for the year – discontinued operations 

Allocation   

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences 

At 31 December 2018 

Net book value 

At 31 December 2018 

At 31 December 2017 

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000 

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment1 
£’000 

Computer 
equipment 
£’000 

  Leasehold land 
and building 
improvements 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

44 

— 

— 

— 

2 

46 

— 

— 

— 

(27) 

1 

20 

(13) 

(5) 

— 

— 

(3) 

(21) 

(2) 

— 

— 

— 

14 

(1) 

1,504 

347 

8 

(6) 

1 

5,299 

1,637 

8,484

258 

22 

(90) 

(181) 

7 

— 

(17) 

(28) 

612

30

(113)

(206)

1,854 

5,308 

1,599 

8,807

54 

14 

264 

(184) 

324 

354 

642

185

(249) 

(2,182) 

(384) 

(2,815)

(66) 

15 

(39) 

10 

— 

6 

(132)

31

1,622 

3,177 

1,899 

6,718

(765) 

(150) 

(4) 

1 

1 

(917) 

(137) 

(10) 

(329) 

200 

18 

(12) 

(4,049) 

(661) 

(1,219) 

(250) 

(6,046)

(1,066)

— 

44 

59 

(4,607) 

(330) 

(80) 

219 

1,900 

5 

(17) 

— 

17 

19 

(4)

62

76

(1,433) 

(6,978)

(196) 

(39) 

(75) 

304 

— 

(2) 

(665)

(129)

(185)

2,404

37

(32)

(10) 

(1,187) 

(2,910) 

(1,441) 

(5,548)

10 

25 

435 

937 

267 

701 

458 

166 

1,170

1,829

1.  The Group holds assets under finance leases within fixtures, fittings and equipment with cost of £21,000 (31 December 2017: £21,000) and 

accumulated depreciation of £21,000 (31 December 2017: £17,000).

84

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. Subsidiaries

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries are set out below.

Subsidiary undertaking 

Adtrack Limited 

Advertising Intelligence Limited1, 2 

AMMO Limited  

Axiology Limited  

Barsby Rowe Limited 

BCMG Acquisitions Limited  

BCMG Limited  

Billetts Consulting Limited  

Billetts International Limited  

Billetts Limited  

Billetts Marketing Investment Management Limited 

Billetts Marketing Sciences Limited 

Billetts Media Consulting Limited 

Brief Information Limited  

Checking Advertising Services Limited  

China Media (Shanghai) Management  
Consulting Company Limited2  

China Media Consulting Group Limited  

Data Management Services Group Limited  

Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited2 

Digireels Limited  

Ebiquity Asia Pacific Limited  

Ebiquity Associates Limited1, 2 

Ebiquity Germany GmbH2 

Ebiquity Holdings Inc. 

Ebiquity Iberia S.L2 

Ebiquity Inc.2 

Ebiquity Italia S.r.l.2 

Ebiquity Marsh Limited   

Ebiquity Pte. Limited2 

Ebiquity Pty Limited2 

Ebiquity Russia Limited2  

Ebiquity Russia OOO2 

Ebiquity SAS2 

Ebiquity US Financing Limited  

Ebiquity US Holdings Limited  

Ebiquity US Holdings LLC  

Echo Group Limited  

Ebiquity UK Limited2 

Fairbrother Lenz Eley Limited  

Faulkner Group Pty Limited  

FirmDecisions ASJP Germany GmbH  

FirmDecisions Group Limited  

FirmDecisions ASJP LLC2 

FirmDecisions Pty Limited2 

Proportion of 
nominal value of 
issued ordinary 

Country of  
shares held  incorporation 

100%3  

100%3 

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100% 

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100%3  

100%  

UK 

UK 

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

Nature 
of business

Non-trading 

Media monitoring

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Holding company 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

100%3  

 China  

Media consultancy 

100%3  Hong Kong  

100%3  

UK  

100%3   Australia 

100%3  

100%3  

100%  

UK  

UK  

Holding company 

Non-trading 

Multi-channel analytics

Non-trading 

Holding company

UK   Media monitoring and consultancy 

94.03%3  Germany   Media monitoring and consultancy 

100%  

100%3 

100%3 

US 

Spain  

Holding company 

Media consultancy 

US   Media monitoring and consultancy  
management 

51%3 

Italy  

Media consultancy 

100% 

Ireland  Media monitoring and consultancy

100%3   Singapore  

Media consultancy 

100%3   Australia  Media monitoring and consultancy

50.1%3 

50.1%3 

100%3 

100% 

100%3  

100%3  

100%  

100%3  

100%3 

UK  

Russia  

France  

UK  

UK  

US  

UK  

UK  

UK  

100%3  Australia  

100%3  Germany 

100% 

100%3 

UK  

US  

100%3  Australia  

Media consultancy 

Media consultancy

Media consultancy 

Non-trading 

Holding company 

Holding company 

Holding company 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading

Media consultancy

Holding company 

Media consultancy 

Media consultancy 

85

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

13. Subsidiaries continued

Subsidiary undertaking 

FirmDecisions Iberia S.L.1, 2 

FirmDecisions Limited2   

FLE Holdings Limited  

Fouberts Place Subsidiary No. 4 Limited  

Freshcorp Limited 

Mediaadvantage Consulting L.d.a2  

Nova Vision Europe S.A.  

Prominent Pages Limited  

Shots Limited  

Stratigent LLC2  

Telefoto Monitoring Services Limited   

The Billett Consultancy Limited 

The Communication Trading Company Limited  

The Press Advertising Register Limited  

The Register Group Limited  

Worldwide Media Management Limited  

Xtreme Information Limited  

Xtreme Information Services (Australia) Pty Limited  

Xtreme Information Services Limited  

Xtreme Information Services SPRL 

Xtreme Information (USA) Limited 

Proportion of 
nominal value of 
issued ordinary 

Country of  
shares held  incorporation 

100%3 

100%3 

100% 

100%3 

100%3 

Spain 

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

100%3 

Portugal  

100%3 

Belgium  

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

UK  

UK  

US  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

UK  

100%3  Australia 

100% 

UK 

100%3 

Belgium 

100%3 

UK  

Nature 
of business

Media consultancy

Media consultancy 

Holding company 

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Media consultancy

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Multi-channel analytics 

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Holding company

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

1.  On 24 January 2018 Advertising Intelligence Limited was incorporated and on 1 May 2018 the trade and assets of the UK Intel division were 
transferred from Ebiquity Associates Limited to Advertising Intelligence Limited. FirmDecisions Iberia S.L. was incorporated in April 2018. 

2.  Principal trading entity.

3.  Shares held by an intermediate holding company.

14. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables due within one year  

Net trade receivables (note 26) 

Other receivables  

Prepayments  

Contract assets 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

18,320 

20,978

2,325 

760 

8,003 

1,693

1,132

8,706

29,408 

32,509

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are reasonable approximations of their fair value.

86

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Assets and liabilities held for sale

In 2017, the Board concluded that the most probable route to realising future economic benefit through its Ad Intel business was 
through a sale rather than continuing to operate it as part of the larger Group. Accordingly, it commenced a sale process to see 
if this business could be sold at an acceptable price.

On 12 February 2018, the Group agreed to dispose of the Ad Intel business to Nielsen Media Research Limited, a subsidiary of 
Nielsen Holdings plc (together ‘Nielsen’) for gross consideration of £26 million. This transaction was subject to certain 
conditions, including approval from the Competition and Markets Authority (‘CMA’) who immediately commenced a Phase 1 
examination. This led to a Phase II examination that was not concluded until November 2018. This disposal to Nielsen was 
completed on 2 January 2019.

The deal was structured assuming a normalised level of working capital. There is a mechanism under which the ultimate 
consideration will be adjusted based on the actual level of working capital as of the date of disposal. The Board does not believe 
that any ultimate adjustments made based upon fluctuations in working capital will materially change the consideration 
received.

Under the terms of the disposal, the Group will provide certain services to Nielsen to facilitate the acquisition and integration of 
the Ad Intel business. These services include the provision of office space, financial administration and IT support for a period of 
up to 18 months post completion.

In accordance with IFRS 5, the Ad Intel business has been treated as an asset held for sale. As at the statement of financial 
position date, the sale was deemed to be probable, and the disposal of Ad Intel will signal a complete exit from this service line. 
Accordingly, it has also been treated as a discontinued operation in these financial statements.

The net assets of the Ad Intel business as at 31 December 2018, which have been presented net on the Group balance sheet, are 
shown below:

Non‑current assets 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets   

Property, plant and equipment 

Deferred tax asset 

Total non‑current assets 

Current assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Accruals and contract liabilities 

Current tax liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non‑current liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions   

Total non‑current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total net assets 

  31 December 
2018 
£’000

22,293

2,377

412

40

25,122

2,612

—

2,612

27,734

(796)

(2,940)

(86)

(3,822)

(413)

(81)

(494)

(4,316)

23,418

87

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents earn interest at between 0% and 0.5%.

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash flow statement:

Cash and cash equivalents 

Bank overdrafts (note 19) 

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 

17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables 

Other taxation and social security 

Other payables 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

 2018 
£’000 

8,793 

4,732

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
 £’000 

8,793 

(2,379) 

6,414 

4,732

(407)

4,325

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

3,385 

2,837 

1,288 

7,510 

4,229

2,281

891

7,401

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other payables are reasonable approximations of their fair value.

18. Accruals and contract liabilities

Accruals 

Contract liabilities 

19. Financial liabilities

Current  

Bank overdraft  

Bank borrowings  

Loan fees1   

Finance lease liabilities 

Contingent consideration 

Non‑current  

Bank borrowings  

Loan fees1   

Contingent consideration  

Total financial liabilities  

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

6,661 

3,979 

10,640 

5,560

7,105

12,665

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

2,379 

— 

(65) 

— 

508 

407

1,250

(89)

4

901

2,822 

2,473

34,000 

32,000

(35) 

969 

34,934 

37,756 

—

1,193

33,193

35,666

1.  Loan fees were payable on amending the banking facility and are being recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis to the 

maturity date of the facility, this being 30 June 2020.

88

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 January 2017  

Recognised on acquisition 

Paid  

Charged to the income statement  

Discounting charged to the income statement  

Borrowings  

Repayments  

Foreign exchange released to the income statement  

At 31 December 2017 

Recognised on revaluation 

Paid  

Charged to the income statement  

Discounting charged to the income statement  

Borrowings  

Repayments  

Foreign exchange released to the income statement  

Bank  
overdrafts 
£’000 

Bank  Finance lease  Contingent 
liabilities  consideration 
£’000 

£’000 

borrowings 
£’000 

2,062 

32,615 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

46 

— 

3,000 

9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,655) 

(2,500) 

(5) 

— 

407 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,972 

— 

— 

— 

33,161 

— 

(70) 

59 

— 

2,000 

(1,250) 

— 

— 

4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(4) 

— 

— 

Total 
£’000

36,701

1,483

2,015 

1,483 

(1,799) 

(1,799)

413 

52 

— 

— 

(70) 

459

52

3,000

(4,160)

(70)

2,094 

35,666

148 

(858) 

238 

(78) 

— 

— 

(67) 

148

(928)

297

(78)

3,972

(1,254)

(67)

1,477 

37,756

At 31 December 2018 

2,379 

33,900 

A currency analysis for the bank borrowings is shown below:

Pounds sterling 

Total bank borrowings 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

33,900 

33,900 

33,161

33,161

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and Royal Bank of Scotland (‘RBS’). The committed facility, totalling 
£45,000,000, comprises a term loan of £10,000,000 (of which £nil remains outstanding at 31 December 2018 
(31 December 2017: £1,250,000)), and a revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of £34,000,000 (of which £34,000,000 was drawn 
down at 31 December 2018 (31 December 2017: £32,000,000)). There is currently £1,000,000 available as an overdraft for 
working capital purposes. The term loan had a maturity date of 30 September 2018 and was fully repaid on this date, and the 
RCF has a maturity date of 30 June 2020. The £10,000,000 term loan was being repaid on a quarterly basis to maturity, and 
the drawn RCF and any further drawings under the RCF are repayable on maturity of the facility. The facility may be used for 
contingent consideration payments on past acquisitions, to fund future potential acquisitions, and for general working capital 
requirements.

Loan arrangement fees of £100,000 (31 December 2017: £90,000) are offset against the term loan, and are being amortised 
over the period of the loan.

The facility bears variable interest of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50%. The margin rate is able to be lowered each quarter end 
depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.

The undrawn amount of the revolving credit facility is liable to a fee of 40% of the prevailing margin, which is set depending on 
the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio, as referred to above. The Group may elect to prepay all or part of the outstanding loan 
subject to a break fee, by giving five business days’ notice.

All amounts owing to the bank are guaranteed by way of fixed and floating charges over the current and future assets of the 
Group. As such, a composite guarantee has been given by all significant subsidiary companies in the UK, US and Germany.

Contingent consideration represents additional amounts that are expected to be payable for acquisitions made by the Group 
and is held at fair value at the statement of financial position date. All amounts are expected to be fully paid by April 2021.

89

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

19. Financial liabilities continued

All finance lease liabilities fall due within five years. The minimum lease payments and present value of the finance leases are as 
follows:

Amounts due: 

Within one year 

Between one and five years 

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods 

Present value of lease obligations 

The minimum lease payments approximate the present value of minimum lease payments.

Minimum lease payments

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

6

—

6

(2)

4

20. Provisions

At 1 January 2017 

Unused amounts released to income statement  

At 31 December 2017 

Recognition of onerous lease provision 

Reclassification of available-for-sale liability 

At 31 December 2018  

Current  

Non-current  

 Onerous lease1  Dilapidations2 
£’000  

£’000  

Total 
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

324 

— 

324 

257 

67 

402 

(9) 

393 

— 

(80) 

313 

313 

— 

402

(9)

393

324

(80)

637

570

67

1.  The onerous lease provision has been recognised in Hamburg and Sydney, having arisen where there will be vacant space in these offices on the 

staff from the discontinued operation departing. The provision is expected to be fully utilised by December 2020.

2.  The dilapidations provision relates to the expected costs of vacating various properties. The provision is expected to be fully utilised by 

December 2019.

21. Deferred tax

At 1 January 2017  

Credit/(charge) to income 

At 31 December 2017  

(Charge)/credit to income  

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset 

At 31 December 2018  

Tangible 
assets 
£’000  

Intangible  Share-based 
payments 
£’000  

assets 
£’000  

Tax  Other timing 
differences 
£’000  

losses 
£’000  

225  

42 

267 

(25) 

— 

242 

 (2,126)  

 1,060 

228 

(1,898) 

213 

404 

(1,281) 

(61) 

999 

(542) 

(29) 

428 

—  

220 

220 

56 

— 

276 

54 

(447) 

(393) 

106 

(3) 

(290) 

Total 
£’000 

 (787)

(18)

(805)

(192)

372

(625)

90

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balance 
(after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets – non-current 

Deferred tax liabilities – current 

Deferred tax liabilities – non-current   

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

979 

(323) 

1,502

(412)

(1,281) 

(1,895)

(625) 

(805)

At the year end, the Group had tax losses of £1,190,000 (31 December 2017: £282,000) available for offset against future 
profits. A deferred tax asset of £276,000 (31 December 2017: £220,000) has been recognised in respect of such losses.

The Group has unrecognised tax losses of £3,103,000 (31 December 2017: £34,000) and unrecognised deferred tax assets of 
£590,000 (31 December 2017: £76,000) in relation to tax losses.

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings has not been recognised as management do not intend to pay dividends from jurisdictions 
where a tax charge would be incurred and dividends received are not taxed in the UK.

22. Operating leases 
Lessee

The Group leases various offices under non-cancellable operating leases, with the majority of these expiring within one to five 
years. The leases have varying terms, break clauses and renewal rights.

The Group has future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases which fall due as follows:

No later than one year    

Later than one year but no later than five years  

Later than five years  

Lessor

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

Land and 
buildings 
£’000 

2,245 

4,613 

1,285 

8,143 

Other 
£’000 

150 

58 

— 

208 

Land and 
buildings 
£’000 

1,671 

4,243 

1,978 

7,892 

Other 
£’000

44

44

—

88

There is no minimum aggregate future rent receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December 2018  
(2017: £nil).

23. Ordinary shares

At 31 December 2016 – ordinary shares of 25p 

Shares issued 

Share options exercised   

At 31 December 2017 – ordinary shares of 25p  

Share options exercised   

At 31 December 2018 – ordinary shares of 25p  

Number  
of shares 

Nominal 
value 
£’000

77,199,751 

19,300

600,000 

397,710 

150

99

78,197,461 

19,549

915,729 

229

79,113,190 

19,778

Ordinary shares carry voting rights and are entitled to share in the profits of the Company (dividends). At the year end, 
3,291,569 shares were held by the ESOP (31 December 2017: 3,956,066). The Company does not have a limited amount of 
authorised capital.

91

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

24. Reserves
Share premium 

The share premium reserve of £44,000 (31 December 2017: £21,000) shows the amount subscribed for share capital in excess  
of the nominal value. 

Other reserves

Other reserves consists of the merger reserve, ESOP reserve and translation reserve.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve of £3,667,000 (31 December 2017: £3,667,000) arose on the issuance of shares at a premium on a Group 
restructure, where the premium on issue qualified for merger relief. There has been no movement in the period.

ESOP reserve

The ESOP reserve of £1,478,000 debit (31 December 2017: £1,478,000 debit) represents the cost of own shares acquired in the 
Company by the Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). The purpose of the EBT is to facilitate and encourage the ownership of shares by 
employees, by acquiring shares in the Company and distributing them in accordance with employee share schemes. The EBT may 
operate in conjunction with the Company’s existing share option schemes and other schemes that may apply from time to time.

Translation reserve

The translation reserve of £2,955,000 (31 December 2017: £2,688,000) arises on the translation into sterling of the net assets 
of the Group’s foreign operations, offset by any changes in fair value of financial instruments used to hedge this exposure.  
At this time there are no hedges in place.

Retained earnings

The retained earnings reserve shows the cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

For detailed movements on each of the above reserves, refer to the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

92

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements25. Share‑based payments

The Group operates a number of equity-settled share incentive schemes used to award employees of the Group. A charge based 
on the fair value of the award on the grant date is taken to the consolidated income statement over the vesting period to 
recognise the cost of these. 

Options outstanding at 31 December 2018:

Name of share option scheme 
and grant date 

Executive Incentive Plan  
– 12 May 2010 

Executive Incentive Plan 
– 27 January 2016 

Executive Share Option Plan  
– 27 September 2012 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 23 May 2013 

Executive Share Option Plan  
– 17 January 2014 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 15 May 2014 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 01 October 2015 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 24 July 2017 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 13 February 2018 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 24 May 2018 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 24 May 2018 

Executive Share Option Plan 
– 11 July 2018 

EMI and UCSOP Scheme  

Life of 
option 

  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence) 

Exercise 
price 
(pence)  

Exercise 
period 

Number

10 years 

May 2011 – May 2020  

35.0 

35.0  4,200,000 

10 years 

January 2016 – January 2026 

25.0 

25.0 

200,000 

10 years 

September 2012 – September 2022 

97.5 

97.5 

135,002 

10 years 

May 2016 – May 2023  

25.0 

25.0 

95,524 

10 years 

May 2016 – January 2024 

25.0 

25.0 

338,829 

10 years 

May 2017– April 2024 

25.0 

25.0 

749,396 

10 years 

May 2018 – October 2025 

25.0 

25.0 

635,000 

10 years 

January 2019 – January 2020 

nil 

nil 

390,000

10 years 

April 2021 – April 2032 

25.0 

25.0  2,495,000 

10 years 

April 2023 – April 2033 

25.0 

25.0 

610,000 

10 years 

January 2021 – January 2031 

nil 

nil 

345,000 

10 years 

10 years 

April 2023 – April 2033 

25.0 

May 2004 – August 2021  25.0 – 72.0 

25.0 

42.2 

735,000 

404,322 

11,333,073

Executive Incentive Plan (‘EIP’)

This is a discretionary scheme for the Directors of the Company. 

On 12 May 2010, 4,200,000 options with an exercise price of 35p each were awarded under the EIP to two Directors. Vesting of 
the options was subject to the satisfaction of performance criteria designed to achieve growth of the business while at the 
same time maintaining and enhancing underlying earnings per share over the period to 30 April 2013.

Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)

This is a discretionary scheme, comprised of an HMRC-approved schedule and an unapproved schedule. The ESOP provides a 
lock-in incentive to Executive Directors and key management. Vesting of these options is subject to the satisfaction of certain 
performance criteria and typically around the rate of growth of diluted adjusted earnings per share over a three-year period. 
Rights to ESOP options lapse if the employee leaves the Company.

Options awarded in the 2015 and May 2014 grants vest based on a sliding scale of compound growth rates of between 4% and 
10%, whilst options awarded in the January 2014 and 2013 grants vest based on a sliding scale of compound growth rates of 
between 5% and 15%. In May 2014, a one-off award was made to an Executive Director in recognition of his continued service 
through to retirement. These options vest according to the rate of annual growth, in the range between 4% and 12%, in the total 
shareholder return (‘TSR’) over a three-year period. The remaining options issued in the 2012 grant have no performance 
conditions attached.

93

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

25. Share‑based payments continued
Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’) continued 

4,495,000 (31 December 2017: 460,000) share options have been granted to employees under the ESOP in the year ended  
31 December 2018.

Options had not been granted to the Executive team since October 2015 due to many of them being involved in the sale of the 
Advertising Intelligence business and therefore possessing price sensitive information. In 2018 options were granted in respect 
of the years ending 31 December 2016, 2017 and 2018. The options awarded in respect of the years ended 31 December 2016 and 
31 December 2017 vest based on a sliding scale of compound growth of adjusted diluted EPS over a five-year period of between 
4% and 10%. A quarter of the total award may vest early if Total Shareholder Return from 1 January 2016-31 December 2018 
is in top quartile of AIM Media Index. The options awarded in respect of the year ending 31 December 2018 have the same 
performance conditions other than the EPS growth rates of between 8% and 15% are required for vesting. 

Enterprise Management Incentive scheme (‘EMI scheme’)

The EMI scheme is a discretionary share option scheme which provides that options with a value at the date of grant of up to 
£120,000 may be granted to employees. The EMI scheme provides a lock-in incentive to key management and is also utilised to 
attract key staff. Rights to EMI share options lapse if the employee leaves the Company. There are no further performance 
conditions.

No share options have been granted under this scheme since 13 April 2010 as the Group was, from that date, too large to qualify 
under the HMRC EMI scheme rules. 

Unapproved Company Share Option Plan (‘UCSOP’)

This is a discretionary scheme, which provides that options may be granted where employees were not eligible to join the EMI 
scheme. The UCSOP provides a lock-in incentive to key management. Rights to UCSOP options lapse if the employee leaves the 
Company.

No share options have been granted to any employees under the UCSOP in the year ended 31 December 2018.

Movements in outstanding ordinary share options:

Outstanding at beginning of year  

Granted during the year  

Exercised during the year 

Forfeited during the year 

Performance criteria not expected to be met 

Outstanding at the end of the year  

Exercisable at the end of the year 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

  Weighted 
Number 
average 
of share  exercise price 
(pence) 
options 

  Weighted 
Number 
average 
of share   exercise price 
(pence)
options 

  8,443,801 

30.9 

9,563,786 

  4,495,000 

23.0 

460,000 

(915,730) 

(389,999) 

27.5 

19.9 

(397,711) 

(65,001) 

(300,000) 

25.0 

(1,117,273) 

11,333,071 

28.6  8,443,801 

6,854,741 

33.2 

6,718,801 

32.1

—

40.1

39.7

25.0

30.9

32.9

During the year, share options were granted with a weighted average fair value of 64.0p (31 December 2017: 110.0p). These fair 
values were calculated using the Black-Scholes model with the following inputs:

Weighted average share price  

Exercise price 

Expected volatility1 

Vesting period  

Risk-free interest rates   

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

64.0p 

nil – 25.0p 

15.1% 

110.0p

—

13.1%

2.5 to 5 years 

2 to 2.5 years

1.93% to 2.12% 

0.33% to 0.40%

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options.

94

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options exercised in the period resulted in 915,730 shares (31 December 2017: 397,711 shares) being issued at a weighted average 
price of 27.5p each (31 December 2017: 40.1p). The weighted average share price on the dates of exercise for options exercised 
during the year was 68.0p (31 December 2017: 117.9p). 

The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 5.4 years  
(31 December 2017: 4.5 years), with a range of exercise prices being between nil and 97.5p. 

The total charge in respect of share option schemes recognised in the consolidated income statement during the period 
amounted to £394,000 (31 December 2017: £738,000).

26. Capital and financial risk management
General objectives, policies and processes

The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the 
Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk 
management policies and, whilst retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and 
operating the processes that ensure the effective implementation of the financial risk management objectives and policies, to 
the Group’s finance function. The Board receives monthly reports from the Group’s finance function through which it monitors 
the effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the policies it sets. Further details regarding these 
policies are set out on pages 95 to 99.

Capital and other reserves 

The Group considers its capital to comprise of its cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, ordinary share capital, share premium, 
non-controlling interests, reserves and accumulated retained earnings.

The Group’s objective when maintaining capital is to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can 
continue to invest in the growth of the business and ultimately to provide an adequate return to its shareholders. The Directors 
believe the Group has sufficient capital to continue trading in the foreseeable future. 

The following table summarises the capital of the Group:

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost: 

Bank overdraft 

Bank borrowings 

Net debt 

Equity 

Capital 

Financial risk management

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

8,793 

4,732

(2,379) 

(407)

(33,900) 

(33,161)

(27,486) 

(28,836)

(47,514) 

(52,982)

(75,000) 

(81,818)

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. The Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing those risks and the methods used to measure them are described below. Further quantitative information in respect 
of these risks is presented throughout these financial statements.

There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial instrument risks, its objectives, policies and 
processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous periods unless otherwise stated  
in this note.

The Group is exposed through its operations to a variety of financial risks: credit risk; market risk (including interest rate and 
currency risk); and liquidity risk.

95

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

26. Capital and financial risk management continued
Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations.

Trade receivables

The Group operates in an industry where most of its customers are reputable and well-established multinational or large 
national businesses. When the creditworthiness of a new customer is in doubt, credit limits and payment terms are established 
and authorised by the Territory Finance Director. The Group will suspend the services provided to customers who fail to meet 
the terms and conditions specified in their contract where it is deemed necessary.

There is no concentration of credit risk within the Group. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is 
represented by the carrying values as at the year end.

The credit control function of the Group monitors outstanding debts of the Group. Debtor reports are reviewed and analysed 
on a regular basis. Trade receivables are analysed by the ageing and value of the debts. Customers with any overdue debts are 
contacted for payment and progress is tracked on a credit control report. Based on these procedures, management assessed 
the credit quality of those receivables that are neither past due nor impaired as low risk. There have been no significant changes 
to the composition of receivables counterparties within the Group that indicate this would change in the future.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are reasonable approximations of their fair value.

Financial assets past due but not impaired

The following is an analysis of the Group’s trade receivables identifying the totals of trade receivables which are past due but 
not impaired:

At 31 December 2018 

At 31 December 2017 

The following is an analysis of the Group’s provision against trade receivables:

Total 
£’000 

9,081 

7,460 

Past due  
+ 30 days  
£’000 

Past due  
+ 60 days 
£’000

5,328 

3,775 

3,753

3,685

Trade receivables 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

Gross 
value  
£’000 

18,393 

Provision 
£’000 

Carrying 
value 
£’000 

Gross  
value  
£’000 

Provision 
£’000 

Carrying 
value 
£’000

(73) 

18,320 

21,240 

(262) 

20,978

The Group records impairment losses on its trade receivables separately from the gross amounts receivable. Impaired 
receivables are provided against based on expected recoverability. The movements on this allowance during the year are 
summarised below:

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

262 

46 

(95) 

(39) 

(101) 

73 

200

115

(53)

—

—

262

Opening balance 

Increase in provision 

Written off against provision 

Reclassification of available-for-sale asset 

Recovered amount reversed 

Closing balance 

96

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market risk

Market risk arises from the Group’s use of interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. There is a risk 
that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in interest rates (interest rate 
risk), foreign exchange rates (currency risk) or other market factors (other price risk).

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk from bank loans and a revolving credit facility.

To illustrate the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, a 0.5% increase/decrease in the rate applied to the Group’s borrowings 
would have resulted in a post-tax movement of £139,000 (31 December 2017: £129,000).

Currency risk

The Group is exposed to currency risk on foreign currency trading and intercompany balances, and also on the foreign currency 
bank accounts which it holds. These risks are offset by the holding of certain foreign currency bank borrowings. The translation 
of the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries represents a risk to the Group’s equity balances.

The Group’s exposure to currency risk at the year end can be illustrated by the following:

10% strengthening of US dollar 

10% strengthening of euro 

10% strengthening of Australian dollar 

1.  An equal weakening of any currency would broadly have the opposite effect.

The currency profile of the financial assets at 31 December 2018 is as follows:

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

Increase  
in profit 
before tax1 
£’000 

179 

314 

162 

Increase in  
equity1 
£’000 

3,350 

1,445 

603 

Increase  
 in profit 
before tax1 
£’000 

Increase in 
equity1 
£’000

179 

72 

77 

4,270

1,979

1,010

Cash and cash equivalents 

Gross trade receivables

  31 December  31 December  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

Pounds sterling 

US dollar 

Euro 

Australian dollar 

Russian rouble 

Singapore dollar 

Chinese renminbi 

Indian rupee 

New Zealand dollar 

South African rand 

Other price risks

The Group does not have any material exposure to other price risks.

2,659 

1,789 

2,576 

1,106 

176 

121 

366 

— 

— 

— 

461 

1,203 

1,286 

1,114 

404 

23 

241 

— 

— 

— 

5,458 

5,056 

6,162 

835 

292 

3 

414 

72 

71 

30 

5,083

6,169

8,096

750

287

47

518

—

24

4

8,793 

4,732 

18,393 

20,978

97

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

26. Capital and financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the finance charges and principal repayments on its 
debt instruments, the risk being that the Group may not meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

The liquidity risk of each Group company is managed centrally by the Group. All surplus cash in the UK is held centrally to 
maximise the returns on deposits through economies of scale. The type of cash instrument used and its maturity date will 
depend on the Group’s forecast cash requirements. Throughout the year, the Group maintained a draw down facility with 
Barclays and Royal Bank of Scotland (‘RBS’) (see note 19) to manage any short-term cash requirements. At 31 December 2018 
£nil (31 December 2017: £2,000,000) was undrawn. The facility expires in June 2020, at which point drawn down amounts will 
be repayable.

It is a condition of the borrowings that the Group pass various covenant tests on a quarterly basis and the Group finance team 
regularly monitors the Group forecasts to ensure they are not breached.

Categories of financial assets and liabilities

The following tables set out the categories of financial instruments held by the Group. All of the Group’s financial assets and 
liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Financial assets

Current financial assets  

Loans and receivables:    

Trade and other receivables1 (note 14)  

Cash and cash equivalents (note 16) 

Total financial assets 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

20,645 

8,793 

29,438 

22,671

4,732

27,403

1.  Trade and other receivables includes net trade receivables and other receivables and excludes prepayments and contract assets.

Financial liabilities

Current financial liabilities 

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost: 

Trade and other payables1 

Accruals 

Bank overdrafts 

Finance lease liabilities 

Loans and borrowings 

Liabilities at fair value through profit and loss: 

Contingent consideration 

Non‑current financial liabilities 

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost: 

Loans and borrowings2   

Liabilities at fair value through profit and loss: 

Contingent consideration 

Total financial liabilities  

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

4,672 

6,659 

2,379 

— 

(65) 

508 

14,153 

5,119

5,560

407

4

1,161

901

13,152

33,965 

32,000

969 

34,934 

49,087 

1,193

33,193

46,345

1.  Trade and other payables includes trade payables and other payables and excludes other taxation and social security and contract liabilities.

2.  In January 2019, on receipt of the proceeds in relation to the sale of the Ad Intel business, £17,000,000 of the RCF loan facility was repaid.

98

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table illustrates the contractual maturity analysis of the Group’s financial liabilities:

At 31 December 2018 

Trade and other payables 

Accruals 

Bank loans and overdrafts 

Contingent consideration 

Total financial liabilities  

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods 

Present value 

At 31 December 2017 

Trade and other payables 

Accruals 

Finance lease liabilities 

Bank loans and overdrafts 

Contingent consideration 

Total financial liabilities  

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods 

Present value 

Fair value measurement

Within 
one year 
£’000 

One to 
 five years 
£’000 

4,672 

6,659 

4,153 

508 

— 

— 

37,035 

969 

15,992 

38,004 

Total 
£’000

4,672

6,659

41,188

1,477

53,996

(1,839) 

(3,070) 

(4,909)

14,153 

34,934 

49,087

5,119 

5,560 

4 

3,286 

901 

14,870 

— 

— 

— 

33,774 

1,193 

34,967 

5,119

5,560

4

37,060

2,094

49,837

(1,718) 

13,152 

(1,774) 

(3,492)

33,193 

46,345

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair 
value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are 

not based on observable market data.

At 31 December 2018 

Financial liabilities 

Contingent consideration 

At 31 December 2017 

Financial liabilities 

Contingent consideration 

Level 1 
£’000 

Level 2 
£’000  

Level 3 
£’000  

Total 
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,477 

1,477 

1,477

1,477

2,094 

2,094 

2,094

2,094

Refer to note 19 for a reconciliation of movements during the year.

The fair value of the contingent consideration of £1,477,000 (31 December 2017: £2,094,000) was estimated by applying the 
income approach. The fair value estimates are based on a discount rate of 3.4% forecast EBIT of FMC Ireland and Digital 
Balance Australia. This is a Level 3 fair value measurement. The key assumptions in calculating the contingent consideration 
payable are the EBIT of the businesses acquired and the discount rate.

99

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

27. Dividends

Dividend in respect of the prior year   

Total dividend paid 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

527 

527 

474

474

A dividend of £527,000 was paid during the current financial year (31 December 2017: £474,000). Dividends were paid to 
non-controlling interests as shown in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

28. Cash generated from operations

Profit before taxation  

Adjustments for:  

Depreciation (note 12)  

Amortisation (note 11) 

Loss on disposal  

Impairment 

Unrealised foreign exchange loss/(gain)  

Share option charges (note 3)  

Finance income (note 6)  

Finance expenses (note 6)  

Contingent consideration revaluations  

Increase in trade and other receivables  

Increase in trade and other payables   

Movement in provisions   

Cash generated from operations – continuing operations 

Cash generated from operations – discontinued operations 

Cash generated from operations 

29. Acquisitions
Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

(2,504) 

2,734

665 

1,994 

— 

2,732 

320 

350 

(25) 

1,176 

94 

4,802 

905

1,719

51

—

(610)

573

(17)

1,061

275

6,691

(2,138) 

(2,839)

1,447 

324 

4,435 

3,196 

7,631 

2,194

(9)

6,037

1,911

7,948

On 1 September 2017, the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited acquired the assets and 
liabilities of Digital Balance Pty Limited, a trust of the Digital Balance Unit Trust. The acquisition was for an initial cash 
consideration of AU$475,000 (£278,000) and a further cash payment of AU$75,000 (£45,000) on 1 December 2017. 
AU$2,725,000 (£1,596,000) of contingent consideration was preliminarily recognised at acquisition. In 2018 an additional 
AU$882,000 (£489,000) of contingent consideration was recognised in line with revised future projections, AU$263,000 
(£148,000) of this was recognised within goodwill. The maximum total purchase consideration is up to AU$5,000,000 
(£2,928,000), payable in cash, depending on the performance of the Digital Balance business during the period ending  
31 December 2020.

Ebiquity SAS

On 18 December 2017, the Group acquired the outstanding 20% interest in its subsidiary undertaking, Ebiquity SAS, from the 
minority shareholder for cash consideration of €1,500,000 (£1,322,000).

100

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
30. Disposals

On 19 March 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to sell the business assets of its Reputation division to Echo 
Research Holdings Limited; a profit on disposal of £34,000 was recognised on disposal. This is the remaining part of  
the Group’s Intel segment in addition to the Advertising Intelligence business. Completion took place on 31 March 2018.  
The consideration payable is dependent upon the revenue performance of the business during the 12 months following 
completion.

31. Contingent liabilities

The Group is subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business and provision is made where liabilities 
are considered likely to arise on the basis of current information and legal advice.

32. Related party transactions

The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (refer to note 13) and key management personnel including 
Directors and Executive Committee members.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, or between subsidiaries, have been eliminated on consolidation and 
are not disclosed in this note. Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of the Directors, who are considered to be the key management personnel of the Group, is set out in note 5. 
There were no post-employment or other long-term benefits other than contributions to private pension schemes.

Transactions with companies related to key management personnel

Costs of £2,000 (31 December 2017: £nil) for a membership subscription were charged to the Company by the Quoted 
Companies Alliance, a company of which Michael Higgins and Alan Newman are directors.

Costs of £83,000 (31 December 2017: £60,000) for public relations consultancy were charged to the Company by Instinctif 
Partners Limited, a company of which Richard Nichols is a director.

As at the year end, £5,000 (31 December 2017: £400) was owed to Instinctif Partners Limited, a company of which Richard 
Nichols is a director.

33. Events after the reporting period

On 12 February 2018, the Group agreed to dispose of the Ad Intel business to Nielsen Media Research Limited, a subsidiary 
of Nielsen Holdings plc (together ‘Nielsen’) for gross consideration of £26 million. This transaction was subject to certain 
conditions, including approval from the Competition and Markets Authority (‘CMA’) who immediately commenced a Phase 1 
examination. This led to a Phase II examination that was not concluded until November 2018. This disposal to Nielsen was 
completed on 2 January 2019.

At the year end, the Ad Intel business has been included as an asset held for sale in the financial statements; the results of 
this division have been presented as discontinued operations on the face of the income statement.

101

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsCompany statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2018

Fixed assets 

Intangible assets 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Total fixed assets 

Current assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Total current assets 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Net assets  

Equity 

Ordinary shares 

Share premium 

Other reserves 

Retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ funds 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Note 

6 

7 

2,107 

75,501 

77,608 

1,239

74,890

76,129

8 

21,184 

26,558

48 

178

21,232 

26,736

9 

(42,772) 

(47,745)

(21,540) 

(21,009)

56,068 

55,120

10 

(33,965) 

(32,000)

22,103 

23,120

11 

12 

12 

12 

19,778 

19,549

44 

(733) 

3,014 

22,103 

21

(733)

4,283

23,120

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its 
own income statement in these financial statements.

The movement in reserves of the Company includes a loss for the year of £1,873,000 (31 December 2017: loss for the year of 
£1,913,000).

The notes on pages 104 to 110 are an integral part of the financial statements of the Company. The financial statements on 
pages 102 to 103 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 15 April 2019 and were signed on its 
behalf by:

Michael Karg, PhD 

Director   

15 April 2019 

Alan Newman

Director 

15 April 2019

102

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2016 

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Proceeds from shares issued 

Shares issued to employees 

Dividends to shareholders 

At 31 December 2017 

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Proceeds from shares issued 

Share-based payments credit 

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments 

Dividends to shareholders 

At 31 December 2018 

Note 

11 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

19,300 

— 

— 

— 

99 

150 

— 

19,549 

— 

— 

— 

11 

229 

— 

— 

— 

19,778 

Share  
premium  
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

21 

— 

— 

21 

— 

— 

— 

23 

— 

— 

— 

44 

Other  
reserves 
£’000 

(99) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(634) 

— 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

6,186 

(1,913) 

— 

Total 
£’000

25,387

(1,913)

—

(1,913) 

(1,913)

— 

484 

(474) 

120

—

(474)

(733) 

4,283 

23,120

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,873) 

(1,873)

— 

—

(1,873) 

(1,873)

— 

522 

609 

252

522

609

(527) 

(527)

(733) 

3,014 

22,103

The notes on pages 104 to 110 are an integral part of the financial statements of the Company.

103

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2018

1. General information

b.  the requirements of IFRS 7 ‘Financial 

Instruments: Disclosures’;

c.  the requirements of paragraphs 91 

to 99 of IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value 
Measurement’ (disclosure of 
valuation techniques and inputs 
used for ‘fair value measurement’ of 
assets and liabilities);

d.  the requirement in paragraph 38 of 
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’ to present comparative 
information in respect of:

I.  paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1;

II.  paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 

‘Property, Plant and Equipment’;

Summary of significant 
accounting policies

The principal accounting policies 
adopted are set out below. These 
policies have been consistently applied 
to all periods presented, unless 
otherwise stated.

Finance income and expenses

Finance income and expenses 
represents interest receivable and 
payable. Finance income and expense is 
recognised on an accruals basis, based 
on the interest rate applicable to each 
bank or loan account.

III. paragraph 118(E) of IAS 38 

Foreign currency transactions

The results and financial position of the 
Company are expressed in pounds 
sterling, which is the functional 
currency of the Company and the 
presentation currency for the Company 
financial statements.

Trading transactions denominated in 
foreign currencies are translated into 
sterling at the exchange rate ruling 
when the transaction was entered into. 
Assets and liabilities expressed in 
foreign currencies are translated into 
sterling at rates of exchange ruling at 
the end of the financial period.

All transactions involving foreign 
exchange gains and losses are dealt 
with through the income statement as 
and when they arise.

‘Intangible Assets’ (reconciliations 
between the carrying amount at 
the beginning and end of the 
period);

The following paragraphs of IAS 1 
‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’:

I.  10D (statement of cash flows);

II.  16 (statement of compliance with 

all IFRS);

III. 38A (requirement for minimum of 

two primary statements, 
including cash flow statements);

IV. 38B-D (additional comparative 

information);

V.  111 (cash flow statement 

information); and

VI. 134–136 (capital management 

disclosures).

e.  IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’;

f.  paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 

‘Accounting Policies’, changes in 
accounting estimates and errors 
(requirement for the disclosure of 
information when an entity has not 
applied a new IFRS that has been 
issued but is not yet effective);

g.  paragraph 17 of IAS 24 ‘Related 

Party Disclosures’ (key management 
compensation); and

h.  the requirements in IAS 24 ‘Related 

Party Disclosures’ to disclose related 
party transactions entered into 
between two or more members 
of a group.

Ebiquity plc (the ‘Company’) acts as a 
holding company and is incorporated 
and domiciled in the UK. The address of 
its registered office is CityPoint, One 
Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW.

The financial statements of the 
Company represent the results for the 
year ended 31 December 2018 whilst 
the comparatives represent the results 
for the year ended 31 December 2017. 

The financial statements present 
information about the Company as an 
individual undertaking and not about 
its Group.

2. Basis of preparation

The financial statements of the 
Company have been prepared in 
accordance with Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (‘FRS 101’). The financial 
statements have been prepared on a 
going concern basis. The Company 
meets its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through its cash reserves 
and borrowings, described in note 19 to 
the consolidated financial statements. 
The Company’s forecasts and 
projections, taking account of 
reasonably possible changes in trading 
performance, show that the Company 
should be able to operate within the 
level of its current cash reserves and 
borrowings, including continuing to 
meet the bank covenants therein. The 
Company therefore continues to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing its 
financial statements. The financial 
statements have been prepared under 
the historical cost convention and in 
accordance with the Companies Act 
2006. The Company has taken 
advantage of the following disclosure 
exemptions under FRS 101:

a.  the requirements of paragraphs 

45(b) and 46-52 of IFRS 2 
‘Share-based Payment’ (details of 
the number of weighted-average 
exercise prices of share options, and 
how the fair value of goods and 
services received was determined);

104

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsShare‑based payments

Dividend distribution

Investments in subsidiaries

The Company issues equity-settled 
share-based payments to its 
employees and employees of 
subsidiaries using the Company’s 
equity instruments. These are 
measured at fair value (excluding the 
effect of non-market-based vesting 
conditions) at the date of grant and 
expensed on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period, based on the 
Group’s estimate of shares that will 
eventually vest and adjusted for the 
effect of non-market-based vesting 
conditions. A corresponding credit is 
recorded in equity.

For share options without performance 
conditions, fair value is measured by 
use of the Black–Scholes model.  
The expected life used in the model  
has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimates, for  
the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions, and behavioural 
considerations.

The grant by the Company of options 
over its equity instruments to the 
employees of subsidiary undertakings 
in the Group is treated as a capital 
contribution. The fair value of employee 
services received, measured by 
reference to the grant date fair value, is 
recognised over the vesting period as 
an increase to investment in subsidiary 
undertakings, with a corresponding 
credit to equity in the parent entity 
financial statements. 

Retirement benefits

For defined contribution pension 
schemes, the Company pays 
contributions to privately administered 
pension plans on a voluntary basis. The 
Company has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions have 
been paid. Contributions are charged 
to the income statement in the period 
to which they relate.

Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the 
right to receive payment is established.

Dividend distribution to the Company’s 
shareholders is recognised as a liability 
in the Company’s financial statements 
in the period in which the dividends are 
approved by the Company’s 
shareholders.

Intangible assets
Computer software

Purchased computer software 
intangible assets are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful lives, 
which vary from four to five years.

Internally generated intangible assets 
– development expenditure

Internally generated intangible assets 
relate to bespoke computer software 
and technology developed by the 
Group’s internal software development 
team. During the year, the Company 
generated £509,000 of internally 
generated intangible assets  
(31 December 2017: £nil).

An internally generated intangible 
asset arising from the Group’s 
development expenditure is recognised 
only if all of the following conditions are 
met:

• 

it is technically feasible to develop 
the asset so that it will be available 
for use or sale;

•  adequate resources are available to 
complete the development and to 
use or sell the asset;

•  there is an intention to complete the 

asset for use or sale;

•  the Group is able to use or sell the 

intangible asset;

• 

it is probable that the asset created 
will generate future economic 
benefits; and

•  the development cost of the asset 

can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets 
are amortised on a straight-line basis 
over their useful lives. Amortisation 
commences when the asset is available 
for use and useful lives range from one 
to five years. The amortisation expense 
is included within administrative 
expenses. Where an internally 
generated intangible asset cannot be 
recognised, development expenditure is 
recognised as an expense in the period 
in which it is incurred.

Investments in subsidiaries are held at 
cost less accumulated impairment 
losses.

Where the purchase consideration for 
the acquisition of an interest in a 
subsidiary is contingent on one or more 
future events, the cost of investment 
includes a reasonable estimate of the 
fair value of the amounts of 
consideration that are expected to be 
payable in the future. The cost of 
investment and the contingent 
consideration liability is adjusted until 
the ultimate payable is known.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise 
cash in hand and short-term deposits. 
In the statement of financial position, 
bank overdrafts are shown within 
borrowings in current liabilities.

Share capital

Equity instruments issued by the 
Company are recorded at the amount 
of the proceeds received, net of direct 
issuance costs.

Deferred taxation

Recognition of deferred tax assets is 
restricted to those instances where it is 
probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the difference 
can be utilised. The recognition of 
deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
year-end date.

The amount of the asset or liability is 
determined using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the year-end date and are expected 
to apply when the deferred tax 
liabilities/assets are settled/recovered.

105

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Provisions

3. Company results for the year

The Company has taken advantage of 
the exemption allowed under section 
408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to 
present its own income statement in 
these financial statements.

The movement in reserves of the 
Company includes a loss for the year of 
£1,873,000 (31 December 2017: loss for 
the year of £1,913,000).

4. Operating loss
Auditors’ remuneration

Fees for the audit of the Company 
were £3,000 (31 December 2017: 
£3,000). Fees paid to the Company’s 
auditors for services other than the 
statutory audit of the Company are 
disclosed in note 4 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Directors’ remuneration

Fees paid to the Company’s Directors 
are disclosed in note 5 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Provisions are recognised when the 
Company has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of 
past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to 
settle that obligation and the amount 
can be reliably estimated. Provisions 
are not recognised for future operating 
losses.

Provisions are measured at the 
Directors’ best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the 
obligation at the year-end date. If the 
effect of the time value of money is 
material, provisions are determined by 
discounting the expected future cash 
flows at a pre-tax rate which reflects 
current market assessments of the 
time value of money and, where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the 
obligations.

Executive Share Option Plan 
(‘ESOP’)

The ESOP’s investment in the 
Company’s shares is deducted from 
shareholders’ equity in the statement 
of financial position as if they were 
treasury shares, except that profits on 
the sale of ESOP shares are not 
credited to the share premium account.

Critical accounting estimates 
and judgements 

In preparing the Company financial 
statements in conformity with FRS 101, 
the Directors are required to make 
certain estimates and judgements 
relating to the reported results of 
revenue and expenses during the period 
and the financial position of the 
Company at the reporting date. Actual 
results may differ from those 
estimates. 

Due to the nature of operations, the 
key area of judgement that has the 
most significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the Company financial 
statements, is the review for 
impairment of the carrying value of 
investments in subsidiaries.

2. Basis of preparation continued
Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities 
are recognised in the Company’s 
statement of financial position when 
the Company becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the 
instrument.

Financial assets

The Company classifies its financial 
assets as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans 
and receivables are non-derivative 
financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not 
quoted in an active market. They arise 
principally through the provision of 
goods and services to customers (trade 
receivables), but also incorporate other 
types of contractual monetary asset. 
They are initially recognised at fair 
value plus transaction costs that are 
directly attributable to their acquisition 
or issue, and are subsequently carried 
at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for 
impairment.

Financial liabilities

Borrowings consisting of 
interest-bearing secured and unsecured 
loans and overdrafts are initially 
recognised at fair value net of directly 
attributable transaction costs incurred 
and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. The difference 
between the proceeds received net of 
transaction costs and the redemption 
amount is amortised over the period of 
the borrowings to which they relate. 
The revolving credit facility is 
considered to be a long-term loan.

Trade and other payables are initially 
recognised at their nominal value which 
is usually the original invoiced amount. 

106

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements5. Tax on loss on ordinary activities

The tax charge is made up as follows:  

Current tax 

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of timing differences 

Taxation on ordinary activities 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

—

—

—

The tax assessment for the year differs to the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (31 December 2017: 19.25%). 

The differences are explained below:

Year ended 

Year ended 
  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

Loss on ordinary activities before taxation 

Loss on ordinary activities at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00%  
(31 December 2017: 19.25%) 

Effects of:   

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 

Capital allowances for year in excess of depreciation 

Additions to intangibles   

Relieved to other Group companies 

Losses carried forward   

Current tax charge for the year 

(1,873) 

(1,913)

(356) 

(368)

(26) 

120 

110 

152 

— 

— 

—

—

76

292

—

—

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings has not been recognised as management does not intend to pay dividends from 
jurisdictions where a tax charge would be incurred and dividends received are not taxed in the UK.

6. Intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2018 

Transfer 

Additions 

At 31 December 2018 

Amortisation 

At 1 January 2018 

Transfer 

Charge for the year 

At 31 December 2018 

Net book value 

At 31 December 2018 

At 31 December 2017 

  Research and 
  development 
£’000 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

— 

1,590 

1,544 

509 

2,053 

— 

(529) 

(335) 

(864) 

1,189 

— 

(54) 

29 

1,565 

(351) 

— 

(296) 

(647) 

918 

1,239 

Total 
£’000

1,590

1,490

538

3,618

(351)

(529)

(631)

(1,511)

2,107

1,239

107

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

7. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost and net book value 

At 31 December 2017 

Additions 

At 31 December 2018 

£’000 

74,890

611

75,501

The Company’s principal trading subsidiaries and associated undertakings are listed in note 13 to the consolidated financial 
statements. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the remaining investments is supported by their underlying net 
assets, based on the impairment assessment carried out, as described in note 10.

8. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings  

Other receivables 

Other taxation and social security 

Prepayments 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

19,954 

26,062

514 

65 

651 

22

—

474

21,184 

26,558

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable 
on demand.

9. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank loans and overdrafts 

Trade creditors 

Other taxation and social security 

Accruals 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

2,314 

1,027 

— 

1,892 

37,539 

42,772 

1,568

1,148

51

1,070

43,908

47,745

Included within amounts owed to Group undertakings is an amount which is unsecured, incurs interest at 5.5% plus Bank of 
England base rate, has no fixed date of repayment and is repayable on demand. The residual amounts owed to Group 
undertakings are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

108

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank loans – between two and five years  

  31 December  31 December 
2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000 

33,965 

33,965 

32,000

32,000

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and Royal Bank of Scotland (‘RBS’). The committed facility, totalling 
£45,000,000, comprises a term loan of £10,000,000 (of which £nil remains outstanding at 31 December 2018 
(31 December 2017: £1,250,000)), and a revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of £34,000,000 (of which £34,000,000 was drawn 
down at 31 December 2018 (31 December 2017: £32,000,000)). There is currently £1,000,000 available as an overdraft for 
working capital purposes. The term loan had a maturity date of 30 September 2018 and was fully repaid on this date, and the 
RCF has a maturity date of 30 June 2020. The £10,000,000 term loan was being repaid on a quarterly basis to maturity, and 
the drawn RCF and any further drawings under the RCF are repayable on maturity of the facility. The facility may be used for 
contingent consideration payments on past acquisitions, to fund future potential acquisitions, and for general working 
capital requirements.

Loan arrangement fees of £100,000 (31 December 2017: £90,000) are offset against the term loan, and are being amortised 
over the period of the loan.

The facility bears variable interest of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50%. The margin rate is able to be lowered each quarter end 
depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.

The undrawn amount of the revolving credit facility is liable to a fee of 40% of the prevailing margin. The Group may elect to 
prepay all or part of the outstanding loan subject to a break fee, by giving five business days’ notice.

All amounts owing to the bank are guaranteed by way of fixed and floating charges over the current and future assets of the 
Group. As such, a composite guarantee has been given by all significant subsidiary companies in the UK, US and Germany.

11. Ordinary shares

Allotted, called up and fully paid 

At 31 December 2016 – ordinary shares of 25p 

Shares issued 

Share options exercised   

At 31 December 2017 – ordinary shares of 25p 

Share options exercised   

Shares issued 

At 31 December 2018 – ordinary shares of 25p 

Number 
of shares 

Nominal 
value 
£’000

77,199,751 

19,300

600,000 

397,710 

150

99

78,197,461 

19,549

— 

915,729 

—

229

79,113,190 

19,778

Ordinary shares carry voting rights which are entitled to share in the profits of the Company. During the year, the Company paid 
a dividend of 0.71p per share, a total of £527,000 (31 December 2017: 0.65p with a total of £474,000) to shareholders.

109

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2018

12. Reserves 
Share premium

The share premium reserve shows the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of the nominal value. 

Other reserves

Other reserves consists of the merger reserve and ESOP reserve.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve arose on the issuance of shares at a premium on a Group restructure, where the premium on issue qualified 
for merger relief. There has been no movement in the year.

ESOP reserve

The ESOP reserve represents the cost of own shares acquired in the Company by the Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). 
The purpose of the EBT is to facilitate and encourage the ownership of shares by employees, by acquiring shares in the Company 
and distributing them in accordance with employee share schemes. The EBT may operate in conjunction with the Company’s 
existing share option schemes and other schemes that may apply from time to time.

The ESOP trusts were created to award shares to certain employees at less than market value. The trusts in aggregate hold 
unallocated shares costing £1,471,000 (31 December 2017: £1,471,000) funded by the Company. The sponsoring company is 
responsible for the administration and maintenance of the trust. The number of shares held by the trust is 4,201,504 
(31 December 2017: 4,201,504), all of which are under option to the employees of the Group. As at the statement of financial 
position date, all of the shares in the ESOP had vested (31 December 2017: all had vested).

Retained earnings

The retained earnings reserve shows the cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the income statement. For detailed 
movements on each of the above reserves, refer to the statement of changes in equity.

The distributable reserves of the Company total £3,014,000 (31 December 2017: £4,283,000).

13. Share‑based payments

Full disclosure of share-based payments is included in the consolidated financial statements (see note 25 to the consolidated 
financial statements).

14. Commitments

Capital commitments contracted but not provided for by the Company amount to £nil (31 December 2017: £nil). The Company 
has no operating lease commitments (31 December 2017: none).

15. Contingent liabilities

The Company is subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business and provision is made where liabilities 
are considered likely to arise on the basis of current information and legal advice.

16. Related party transactions

Under FRS 101.8(k), the Company is exempt from the requirement to disclose transactions with entities that are part of 
the Ebiquity plc Group, or investees of the Group qualifying as related parties, as all of the Company’s voting rights are 
controlled within the Group. The Company has no other material related parties. Related party transactions are detailed in 
note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Transactions with key management personnel 

FRS 101.8(j) exempts entities from the disclosures in respect of the compensation of key management personnel.

110

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statementsAdvisers

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
1 Embankment Place 
London WC2N 6RH

Nominated adviser and broker
Numis Securities Limited

The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square 
London EC4M 7LT

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services plc

PO Box 82 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 7NH

Shareholder information
Country of incorporation

Ebiquity plc is registered and incorporated  
in England and Wales. 

Number of securities in issue

As of 15 April 2019, the Company’s  
issued share capital consists of 79,342,273  
ordinary shares of 25p each. The Company  
has no treasury shares. 

Details of any restrictions  
on the transfer of securities

There are no restrictions on any of the  
Company’s AIM securities. 

Securities not in public hands

As of 15 April 2019, the percentage of the  
Company’s issued share capital that is not  
in public hands is 38.27%.

Company registration 
Registered office

CityPoint  
One Ropemaker Street 
London EC2Y 9AW 

Company number 03967525

111

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
Glossary

AANA 

Australian Association of National Advertisers 

IASB  

International Accounting Standards Board

AIM 

ANA 

Board 

CGUs  

CMA  

CMO 

Alternative Investment Market

Association of National Advertisers

the board of directors of Ebiquity plc

cash-generating units

IFRS  

IPA  

ISBA  

KPIs  

International Financial Reporting Standards

Institute of Practitioners in Advertising

Incorporated Society of British Advertisers

key performance indicators

Competition and Markets Authority

LIBOR  

London Interbank Offered Rate

Chief Marketing Officer

Like‑for‑like  

 prior year results are adjusted to include the 
results of recent acquisitions as if they had 
been owned for the same period in the prior 
year

Ebiquity or   Ebiquity plc 
the Company  

Constant  
currency  

calculated by taking current year denominated 
 results restated at last year’s foreign exchange 
rates

LTIP  

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Nielsen 

Nielsen Media Research Limited

EBIT  

earnings before interest and tax

Net debt  

 long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings 
less cash and cash equivalents

PwC  

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

QCA Code 

Quoted Companies Alliance – Corporate   
Governance Code for Small and Mid-Size  
Quoted Companies 2013

RBS  

RCF  

ROI 

TSR  

Royal Bank of Scotland

revolving credit facility

Return on Investment

total shareholder return

UCSOP  

Unapproved Company Share Option Plan

Underlying  
performance  operations before highlighted items

 underlying performance refers to the results of 

WFA  

World Federation of Advertisers

EBITDA  

 earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation

EBT  

EIP  

Employee Benefit Trust

Executive Incentive Plan

EMI scheme  Enterprise Management Incentive scheme

EPS  

ESOP  

FMC  

FMCG 

FRS 101  

earnings per share

Executive Share Option Plan

Fairbrother Marsh Company Limited

fast moving consumer goods

 Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’

the Group  

Ebiquity plc and its subsidiaries

Highlighted  
items 

 highlighted items comprise non-cash 
charges and non-recurring items which are  
highlighted in the income statement because  
separate disclosure is considered relevant in  
understanding the underlying performance  
of the business

112

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Ebiquity plcFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The paper used in this report is produced using virgin wood fibre from well‑managed 
forests with FSC© certification. All pulps used are elemental chlorine free and 
manufactured at a mill that has been awarded the ISO 14001 and EMAS certificates 
for environmental management. The use of the FSC© logo identifies products which 
contain wood from well‑managed forests certified in accordance with the rules of 
the Forest Stewardship Council.

Printed by an FSC© and ISO 14001 accredited company.

Designed and produced by

www.lyonsbennett.com

E

b

i

q

u

i

t

y

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

1

8

Ebiquity plc

CityPoint 
One Ropemaker Street 
London 
EC2Y 9AW
www.ebiquity.com